/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
#include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
#include "gtkaccelgroupprivate.h"
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
#include "gtkcssfiltervalueprivate.h"
#include "gtkcssnumbervalueprivate.h"
#include "gtkcssshadowsvalueprivate.h"
#include "gtkcssstylepropertyprivate.h"
#include "gtkintl.h"
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
#include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
#include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
#include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
#include "gtkwidget.h"
#include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
#include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
#include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
#include "gtkbindings.h"
#include "gtkprivate.h"
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
#include "gtktooltipprivate.h"
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
#include "gtksizerequest.h"
#include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
#include "gtkcssprovider.h"
#include "gtkcsswidgetnodeprivate.h"
#include "gtkversion.h"
#include "gtkdebug.h"
#include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
#include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
#include "gtkapplicationprivate.h"
#include "gtkgestureprivate.h"
#include "gtkwidgetpathprivate.h"
#include "gtksnapshotprivate.h"
#include "inspector/window.h"
/* for the use of round() */
#include "fallback-c89.c"
/**
* SECTION:gtkwidget
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
* @Title: GtkWidget
*
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
*
* # Height-for-width Geometry Management # {#geometry-management}
*
* GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
*
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
* of two virtual methods:
*
* - #GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()
* - #GtkWidgetClass.measure()
*
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
* height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
*
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
* in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
*
* For example, when queried in the normal
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
* in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_measure() with an orientation
* or %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL and a for_size of -1.
* Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
* minimum height contextual to that width using gtk_widget_measure() with an
* orientation of %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL and a for_size of the just computed
* width. This will also be a highly recursive operation.
* The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
* used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
* (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
*
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
* previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
* recursive allocation process it’s important to note that request cycles
* will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
* Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
* depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
* requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
*
* See
* [GtkContainer’s geometry management section][container-geometry-management]
* to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
* by container widgets.
*
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
* #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
*
* For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
* will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
* because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
* case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
* possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
* height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
* at least enough space to fit its own content.
*
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
* generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
* it will do:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget,
* gint *min_height,
* gint *nat_height)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* gint min_width, nat_width;
*
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget,
* &min_width,
* &nat_width);
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width
* (widget,
* min_width,
* min_height,
* nat_height);
* }
* else
* {
* ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is
* rotated to 90 degrees it will return the minimum and
* natural height for the rotated label here.
* }
* }
* ]|
*
* And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
* the minimum and natural width:
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
* gint for_height,
* gint *min_width,
* gint *nat_width)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget,
* min_width,
* nat_width);
* }
* else
* {
* ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in
* width-for-height mode (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go
* ahead and do its real width for height calculation here.
* }
* }
* ]|
*
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
*
* |[
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget,
* &min,
* &natural);
* ]|
*
* It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
* gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
* implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
* and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
* widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
* twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
* to do it.
*
* Of course if you are getting the size request for
* another widget, such as a child of a
* container, you must use the wrapper APIs.
* Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
* #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
*
* Since 3.10 GTK+ also supports baseline vertical alignment of widgets. This
* means that widgets are positioned such that the typographical baseline of
* widgets in the same row are aligned. This happens if a widget supports baselines,
* has a vertical alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, and is inside a container
* that supports baselines and has a natural “row” that it aligns to the baseline,
* or a baseline assigned to it by the grandparent.
*
* Baseline alignment support for a widget is done by the #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_and_baseline_for_width()
* virtual function. It allows you to report a baseline in combination with the
* minimum and natural height. If there is no baseline you can return -1 to indicate
* this. The default implementation of this virtual function calls into the
* #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() and #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width(),
* so if baselines are not supported it doesn’t need to be implemented.
*
* If a widget ends up baseline aligned it will be allocated all the space in the parent
* as if it was %GTK_ALIGN_FILL, but the selected baseline can be found via gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline().
* If this has a value other than -1 you need to align the widget such that the baseline
* appears at the position.
*
* # Style Properties
*
* #GtkWidget introduces “style
* properties” - these are basically object properties that are stored
* not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
* properties are set in [resource files][gtk3-Resource-Files].
* This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
* scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
* look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
*
* Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
* a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
* style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
*
* # GtkWidget as GtkBuildable
*
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
* custom element, which has attributes named ”key”, ”modifiers”
* and ”signal” and allows to specify accelerators.
*
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator:
* |[
*
*
* ]|
*
* In addition to accelerators, GtkWidget also support a custom
* element, which supports actions and relations. Properties on the accessible
* implementation of an object can be set by accessing the internal child
* “accessible” of a #GtkWidget.
*
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accessible:
* |[
* I am a Label for a Button
*
*
*
* Click the button.
*
*
*
* Clickable Button
*
*
*
* ]|
*
* Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
* be associated with widgets, using the custom
*
* ]|
*
* # Building composite widgets from template XML ## {#composite-templates}
*
* GtkWidget exposes some facilities to automate the procedure
* of creating composite widgets using #GtkBuilder interface description
* language.
*
* To create composite widgets with #GtkBuilder XML, one must associate
* the interface description with the widget class at class initialization
* time using gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* The interface description semantics expected in composite template descriptions
* is slightly different from regular #GtkBuilder XML.
*
* Unlike regular interface descriptions, gtk_widget_class_set_template() will
* expect a tag as a direct child of the toplevel
* tag. The tag must specify the “class” attribute which must be
* the type name of the widget. Optionally, the “parent” attribute may be
* specified to specify the direct parent type of the widget type, this is
* ignored by the GtkBuilder but required for Glade to introspect what kind
* of properties and internal children exist for a given type when the actual
* type does not exist.
*
* The XML which is contained inside the tag behaves as if it were
* added to the tag defining @widget itself. You may set properties
* on @widget by inserting tags into the tag, and also
* add tags to add children and extend @widget in the normal way you
* would with tags.
*
* Additionally, tags can also be added before and after the initial
* tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
* which might be referenced by other widgets declared as children of the
* tag.
*
* An example of a GtkBuilder Template Definition:
* |[
*
*
* GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL
* 4
*
*
* Hello World
*
*
*
*
* Goodbye World
*
*
*
*
* ]|
*
* Typically, you'll place the template fragment into a file that is
* bundled with your project, using #GResource. In order to load the
* template, you need to call gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource()
* from the class initialization of your #GtkWidget type:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
*
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* }
* ]|
*
* You will also need to call gtk_widget_init_template() from the instance
* initialization function:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *self)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_init_template (GTK_WIDGET (self));
* }
* ]|
*
* You can access widgets defined in the template using the
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() function, but you will typically declare
* a pointer in the instance private data structure of your type using the same
* name as the widget in the template definition, and call
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() with that name, e.g.
*
* |[
* typedef struct {
* GtkWidget *hello_button;
* GtkWidget *goodbye_button;
* } FooWidgetPrivate;
*
* G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (FooWidget, foo_widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)
*
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* FooWidget, hello_button);
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* FooWidget, goodbye_button);
* }
* ]|
*
* You can also use gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback() to connect a signal
* callback defined in the template with a function visible in the scope of the
* class, e.g.
*
* |[
* // the signal handler has the instance and user data swapped
* // because of the swapped="yes" attribute in the template XML
* static void
* hello_button_clicked (FooWidget *self,
* GtkButton *button)
* {
* g_print ("Hello, world!\n");
* }
*
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass), hello_button_clicked);
* }
* ]|
*/
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE|GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP)
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
typedef struct {
gchar *name; /* Name of the template automatic child */
gboolean internal_child; /* Whether the automatic widget should be exported as an */
gssize offset; /* Instance private data offset where to set the automatic child (or 0) */
} AutomaticChildClass;
typedef struct {
gchar *callback_name;
GCallback callback_symbol;
} CallbackSymbol;
typedef struct {
GBytes *data;
GSList *children;
GSList *callbacks;
GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func;
gpointer connect_data;
GDestroyNotify destroy_notify;
} GtkWidgetTemplate;
typedef struct {
GtkEventController *controller;
guint grab_notify_id;
guint sequence_state_changed_id;
} EventControllerData;
struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
GType accessible_type;
AtkRole accessible_role;
const char *css_name;
};
enum {
DESTROY,
SHOW,
HIDE,
MAP,
UNMAP,
REALIZE,
UNREALIZE,
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
PARENT_SET,
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
GRAB_NOTIFY,
CHILD_NOTIFY,
DRAW,
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
GRAB_FOCUS,
FOCUS,
MOVE_FOCUS,
KEYNAV_FAILED,
EVENT,
EVENT_AFTER,
BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
SCROLL_EVENT,
MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
DELETE_EVENT,
DESTROY_EVENT,
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
CONFIGURE_EVENT,
FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
MAP_EVENT,
UNMAP_EVENT,
PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_GET,
SELECTION_RECEIVED,
PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT,
DRAG_BEGIN,
DRAG_END,
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
DRAG_LEAVE,
DRAG_MOTION,
DRAG_DROP,
DRAG_DATA_GET,
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
POPUP_MENU,
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
SCREEN_CHANGED,
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
DRAG_FAILED,
STYLE_UPDATED,
TOUCH_EVENT,
LAST_SIGNAL
};
enum {
PROP_0,
PROP_NAME,
PROP_PARENT,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
PROP_VISIBLE,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
PROP_EVENTS,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
PROP_WINDOW,
PROP_OPACITY,
PROP_HALIGN,
PROP_VALIGN,
PROP_MARGIN_START,
PROP_MARGIN_END,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
PROP_MARGIN,
PROP_HEXPAND,
PROP_VEXPAND,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
PROP_EXPAND,
PROP_SCALE_FACTOR,
PROP_CSS_NAME,
NUM_PROPERTIES
};
static GParamSpec *widget_props[NUM_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, };
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
struct _GtkStateData
{
guint flags_to_set;
guint flags_to_unset;
gint old_scale_factor;
};
/* --- prototypes --- */
static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance,
gpointer g_class);
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation);
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean _gtk_widget_run_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event,
GtkPropagationPhase phase);
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_button_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventButton *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_motion_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventMotion *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventTouch *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_grab_broken_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventGrabBroken *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
#else
#define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
#endif
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data);
static void gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget);
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling);
static void gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
int for_size,
int *minimum,
int *natural,
int *minimum_baseline,
int *natural_baseline);
static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags old_state);
static void gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region);
static void gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
const cairo_region_t *region);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region);
static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id);
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name);
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value);
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder);
static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *baseline);
static void template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data);
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height);
static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events);
static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean recurse,
gboolean enabled);
static void gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
static void gtk_widget_update_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class);
/* --- variables --- */
static gint GtkWidget_private_offset = 0;
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
static GQuark quark_auto_children = 0;
static GQuark quark_widget_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_action_muxer = 0;
static GQuark quark_font_options = 0;
static GQuark quark_font_map = 0;
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
/* --- functions --- */
GType
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
{
static GType widget_type = 0;
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
{
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
{
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
gtk_widget_base_class_init,
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_init */
sizeof (GtkWidget),
0, /* n_preallocs */
gtk_widget_init,
NULL, /* value_table */
};
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
GtkWidget_private_offset =
g_type_add_instance_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
&accessibility_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
&buildable_info) ;
}
return widget_type;
}
static inline gpointer
gtk_widget_get_instance_private (GtkWidget *self)
{
return (G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (self, GtkWidget_private_offset));
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
klass->priv->template = NULL;
}
static void
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
}
/* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
* cairo context by surrounding it with save/restore.
* Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
*/
static void
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
cairo_save (cr);
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
return_value,
n_param_values,
param_values,
invocation_hint,
marshal_data);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static void
gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
gpointer instance,
va_list args,
gpointer marshal_data,
int n_params,
GType *param_types)
{
cairo_t *cr;
va_list args_copy;
G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
cairo_save (cr);
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
return_value,
instance,
args,
marshal_data,
n_params,
param_types);
cairo_restore (cr);
va_end (args_copy);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
/* nothing to do here */
}
static void
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
g_type_class_adjust_private_offset (klass, &GtkWidget_private_offset);
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
quark_auto_children = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-auto-children");
quark_widget_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-path");
quark_action_muxer = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-action-muxer");
quark_font_options = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-options");
quark_font_map = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-map");
style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
klass->activate_signal = 0;
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
klass->measure = gtk_widget_real_measure;
klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
klass->parent_set = NULL;
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
klass->child_notify = NULL;
klass->draw = NULL;
klass->snapshot = gtk_widget_real_snapshot;
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
klass->event = NULL;
klass->button_press_event = gtk_widget_real_button_event;
klass->button_release_event = gtk_widget_real_button_event;
klass->motion_notify_event = gtk_widget_real_motion_event;
klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
klass->delete_event = NULL;
klass->destroy_event = NULL;
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
klass->configure_event = NULL;
klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
klass->map_event = NULL;
klass->unmap_event = NULL;
klass->window_state_event = NULL;
klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
klass->selection_received = NULL;
klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
klass->drag_end = NULL;
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
klass->screen_changed = NULL;
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
klass->grab_broken_event = gtk_widget_real_grab_broken_event;
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
/* Accessibility support */
klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
klass->queue_draw_region = gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_region;
klass->queue_draw_child = gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_child;
widget_props[PROP_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("name",
P_("Widget name"),
P_("The name of the widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
widget_props[PROP_PARENT] =
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
P_("Parent widget"),
P_("The parent widget of this widget."),
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST] =
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
P_("Width request"),
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1, G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST] =
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
P_("Height request"),
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1, G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
P_("Visible"),
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
P_("Sensitive"),
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
P_("Can focus"),
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
P_("Has focus"),
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_IS_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
P_("Is focus"),
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:focus-on-click:
*
* Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
*
* This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
*
* Before 3.20, several widgets (GtkButton, GtkFileChooserButton,
* GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.
*
* Since: 3.20
*/
widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click",
P_("Focus on click"),
P_("Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_CAN_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
P_("Can default"),
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HAS_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
P_("Has default"),
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
P_("Receives default"),
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_EVENTS] =
g_param_spec_flags ("events",
P_("Events"),
P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
*
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
*
* Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
* the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
* and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
* property is set to %FALSE again.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
P_("Has tooltip"),
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
*
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
P_("Tooltip Text"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
P_("Tooltip markup"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:window:
*
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
widget_props[PROP_WINDOW] =
g_param_spec_object ("window",
P_("Window"),
P_("The widget’s window if it is realized"),
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
/**
* GtkWidget:halign:
*
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:valign:
*
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
P_("Vertical Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-start:
*
* Margin on start of widget, horizontally. This property supports
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-start",
P_("Margin on Start"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the start"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-end:
*
* Margin on end of widget, horizontally. This property supports
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-end",
P_("Margin on End"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the end"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-top:
*
* Margin on top side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
P_("Margin on Top"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
*
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
P_("Margin on Bottom"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin:
*
* Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
* margin on any side.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin",
P_("All Margins"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand:
*
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
P_("Horizontal Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand:
*
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
P_("Vertical Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:expand:
*
* Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_EXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
P_("Expand Both"),
P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:opacity:
*
* The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for
* more details about window opacity.
*
* Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] =
g_param_spec_double ("opacity",
P_("Opacity for Widget"),
P_("The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"),
0.0, 1.0,
1.0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:scale-factor:
*
* The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
* more details about widget scaling.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] =
g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor",
P_("Scale factor"),
P_("The scaling factor of the window"),
1, G_MAXINT,
1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
/**
* GtkWidget:css-name:
*
* The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
*
* Since: 3.90
*/
widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("css-name",
P_("CSS Name"),
P_("The name of this widget in the CSS tree"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, NUM_PROPERTIES, widget_props);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy:
* @object: the object which received the signal
*
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
* the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
* if all references are released.
*
* This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::show:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::show signal is emitted when @widget is shown, for example with
* gtk_widget_show().
*/
widget_signals[SHOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::hide:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::hide signal is emitted when @widget is hidden, for example with
* gtk_widget_hide().
*/
widget_signals[HIDE] =
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::map:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::map signal is emitted when @widget is going to be mapped, that is
* when the widget is visible (which is controlled with
* gtk_widget_set_visible()) and all its parents up to the toplevel widget
* are also visible. Once the map has occurred, #GtkWidget::map-event will
* be emitted.
*
* The ::map signal can be used to determine whether a widget will be drawn,
* for instance it can resume an animation that was stopped during the
* emission of #GtkWidget::unmap.
*/
widget_signals[MAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::unmap signal is emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped, which
* means that either it or any of its parents up to the toplevel widget have
* been set as hidden.
*
* As ::unmap indicates that a widget will not be shown any longer, it can be
* used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::realize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::realize signal is emitted when @widget is associated with a
* #GdkWindow, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or the
* widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).
*/
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::unrealize signal is emitted when the #GdkWindow associated with
* @widget is destroyed, which means that gtk_widget_unrealize() has been
* called or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going to be
* hidden).
*/
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-allocate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @allocation: (type Gtk.Allocation): the region which has been
* allocated to the widget.
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @flags: The previous state flags.
*
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
/**
* GtkWidget::parent-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial parent.
*
* The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
* has been set on a widget.
*/
widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
* if the widget was previously unanchored
*
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
* “anchored” when its toplevel
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
*/
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-updated:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
* #GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated
* #GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
*
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
* of a widget changes.
*/
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
* if it becomes unshadowed
*
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
* being removed.
*
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
* its ancestor.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
*
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
* [child property][child-properties] that has
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
*/
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_PARAM);
/**
* GtkWidget::draw:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @cr: the cairo context to draw to
*
* This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
* The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
* the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
*
* Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
* context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
* restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
* before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
*
* The signal handler will get a @cr with a clip region already set to the
* widget's dirty region, i.e. to the area that needs repainting. Complicated
* widgets that want to avoid redrawing themselves completely can get the full
* extents of the clip region with gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle(), or they can
* get a finer-grained representation of the dirty region with
* cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[DRAW] =
g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
/**
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
* is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*/
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE,
1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @direction: the direction of movement
*
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
* the return value.
*/
widget_signals[EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::event-after:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
* the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
* regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
*
*/
widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::scroll-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
* range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
* button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
* over the widget's #GdkWindow.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::delete-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
* a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
* destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
* this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
* it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
* You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
* from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
* window at destroy time.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
* emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::configure-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
* stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* enters the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
* signal.
*
* The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* leaves the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::map-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
*
* The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
* the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
* the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
* another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
* the @widget's window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @info:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @context: the drag context
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight().
*
*
* Likewise, the #GtkWidget::drag-leave signal is also emitted before the
* ::drag-drop signal, for instance to allow cleaning up of a preview item
* created in the #GtkWidget::drag-motion signal handler.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
* custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
*
* Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
* this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
* override what the default handler did.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @result: the result of the drag operation
*
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DnD
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
*
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
* handler. Note that you must pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
*
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
* |[
* static void
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* guint time)
* {
* GdkAtom target;
*
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
* {
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
* }
*
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
* if (target == GDK_NONE)
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* {
* private_data->pending_status
* = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
* }
*
* return TRUE;
* }
*
* static void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
* {
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
*
* // We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* // rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* // supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
* // the data.
*
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* gdk_drag_status (context,
* private_data->suggested_action,
* time);
* }
* else
* {
* // accept the drop
* }
* }
* ]|
*
* Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
* or more of the supported targets.
*
* Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
*
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: where the drop happened
* @y: where the drop happened
* @data: the received data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
*
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
* to call gdk_drag_status() and not finish the drag.
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
* whether the data was processed successfully.
*
* Applications must create some means to determine why the signal was emitted
* and therefore whether to call gdk_drag_status() or gtk_drag_finish().
*
* The handler may inspect the selected action with
* gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
* shown in the following example:
* |[
* void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
* {
* GdkDragAction action;
*
* // handle data here
*
* action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
* if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
* {
* GtkWidget *dialog;
* gint response;
*
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
* "Move the data ?\n");
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
*
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
* action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
* else
* action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
* }
* else
* gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::window-state-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
* triggered this signal.
*
* The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
* toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
* this mask automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
* event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
*
* Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
* to @widget gets broken.
*
* On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
* (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
* application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
/**
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
*
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the hover timeout
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
* focus in keyboard mode.
*
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
* should not be used.
*
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
/**
* GtkWidget::popup-menu:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
*
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
* a menu with clipboard commands. See the
* [Popup Menu Migration Checklist][checklist-popup-menu]
* for an example of how to use this signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
*/
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::accel-closures-changed signal gets emitted when accelerators for this
* widget get added, removed or changed.
*/
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::screen-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
* widget was not associated with a screen before
*
* The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
* screen of a widget has changed.
*/
widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
/**
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
*/
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (klass, "widget");
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
GList *list, *node;
list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
{
GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
}
g_list_free (list);
template_data_free (klass->priv->template);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gboolean tmp;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
const gchar *tooltip_text;
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
case PROP_NAME:
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
{
g_free (tooltip_markup);
tooltip_markup = NULL;
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
tooltip_text = NULL;
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_OPACITY:
gtk_widget_set_opacity (widget, g_value_get_double (value));
break;
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
if (g_value_get_string (value) != NULL)
gtk_css_node_set_name (widget->priv->cssnode, g_intern_string (g_value_get_string (value)));
else
gtk_css_node_set_name (widget->priv->cssnode, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->css_name);
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
switch (prop_id)
{
gpointer *eventp;
case PROP_NAME:
if (priv->name)
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
else
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
{
int w;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
g_value_set_int (value, w);
}
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
{
int h;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
g_value_set_int (value, h);
}
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_is_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (widget));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget));
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
{
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
gchar *text = NULL;
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
g_value_take_string (value, text);
}
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
break;
case PROP_WINDOW:
g_value_set_object (value, _gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_start (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_end (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (priv->margin.left,
priv->margin.right),
MAX (priv->margin.top,
priv->margin.bottom)));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value,
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_OPACITY:
g_value_set_double (value, gtk_widget_get_opacity (widget));
break;
case PROP_SCALE_FACTOR:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
break;
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
GtkWidget *event_widget, *next_child, *parent;
GdkEvent *press;
event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget ((GdkEvent *) event);
if (event_widget == widget)
return;
if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
{
press = gdk_event_copy (event);
press->type = GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN;
}
else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS ||
event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE)
{
press = gdk_event_copy (event);
press->type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
}
else if (event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY)
{
press = gdk_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS);
press->button.window = g_object_ref (event->motion.window);
press->button.time = event->motion.time;
press->button.x = event->motion.x;
press->button.y = event->motion.y;
press->button.x_root = event->motion.x_root;
press->button.y_root = event->motion.y_root;
press->button.state = event->motion.state;
press->button.axes = g_memdup (event->motion.axes,
sizeof (gdouble) *
gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->motion.device));
if (event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON3_MASK)
press->button.button = 3;
else if (event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON2_MASK)
press->button.button = 2;
else
{
if ((event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK) == 0)
g_critical ("Guessing button number 1 on generated button press event");
press->button.button = 1;
}
gdk_event_set_device (press, gdk_event_get_device (event));
gdk_event_set_source_device (press, gdk_event_get_source_device (event));
}
else
return;
press->any.send_event = TRUE;
next_child = event_widget;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_child);
while (parent != widget)
{
next_child = parent;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
/* Perform propagation state starting from the next child in the chain */
if (!_gtk_propagate_captured_event (event_widget, press, next_child))
gtk_propagate_event (event_widget, press);
gdk_event_free (press);
}
static const GdkEvent *
_gtk_widget_get_last_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
EventControllerData *data;
const GdkEvent *event;
GList *l;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
event = gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller),
sequence);
if (event)
return event;
}
return NULL;
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GdkEventSequence **sequence_out)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
*sequence_out = sequence;
if (sequence)
{
const GdkEvent *last_event;
last_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence);
if (last_event &&
(last_event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
last_event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
last_event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END) &&
last_event->touch.emulating_pointer)
return TRUE;
}
else
{
/* For a NULL(pointer) sequence, find the pointer emulating one */
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
if (_gtk_gesture_get_pointer_emulating_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller),
sequence_out))
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean sequence_press_handled = FALSE;
GList *l;
/* Check whether there is any remaining gesture in
* the capture phase that handled the press event
*/
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkPropagationPhase phase;
GtkGesture *gesture;
data = l->data;
phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller);
if (phase != GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE)
continue;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
sequence_press_handled |=
(gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, sequence) &&
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence));
}
return !sequence_press_handled;
}
static gint
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GtkEventSequenceState state,
GtkGesture *emitter)
{
gboolean emulates_pointer, sequence_handled = FALSE;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
const GdkEvent *mimic_event;
GList *group = NULL, *l;
GdkEventSequence *seq;
gint n_handled = 0;
if (!priv->event_controllers && state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
return TRUE;
if (emitter)
group = gtk_gesture_get_group (emitter);
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
mimic_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, seq);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
GtkEventSequenceState gesture_state;
EventControllerData *data;
GtkGesture *gesture;
gboolean retval;
seq = sequence;
data = l->data;
gesture_state = state;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
if (gesture == emitter)
{
sequence_handled |=
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence);
n_handled++;
continue;
}
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
seq = NULL;
if (group && !g_list_find (group, data->controller))
{
/* If a group is provided, ensure only gestures pertaining to the group
* get a "claimed" state, all other claiming gestures must deny the sequence.
*/
if (gesture_state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED &&
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
gesture_state = GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED;
else
continue;
}
else if (!group &&
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
continue;
g_signal_handler_block (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
retval = gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (gesture, seq, gesture_state);
g_signal_handler_unblock (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
if (retval || gesture == emitter)
{
sequence_handled |=
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, seq);
n_handled++;
}
}
/* If the sequence goes denied, check whether this is a controller attached
* to the capture phase, that additionally handled the button/touch press (i.e.
* it was consumed), the corresponding press will be emulated for widgets
* beneath, so the widgets beneath get a coherent stream of events from now on.
*/
if (n_handled > 0 && sequence_handled &&
state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED &&
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (widget, sequence))
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (widget, mimic_event);
g_list_free (group);
return n_handled;
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean emulates_pointer;
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GdkEventSequence *seq;
GList *l;
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkGesture *gesture;
seq = sequence;
data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
seq = NULL;
if (!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
continue;
handled |= _gtk_gesture_cancel_sequence (gesture, seq);
}
return handled;
}
static void
gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance, gpointer g_class)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (instance);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
widget->priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->visible = gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (g_class);
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
priv->name = NULL;
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
priv->user_alpha = 255;
priv->alpha = 255;
priv->window = NULL;
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->first_child = NULL;
priv->last_child = NULL;
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
priv->focus_on_click = TRUE;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
#endif
switch (_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
{
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
default:
g_assert_not_reached ();
break;
}
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
*
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
*/
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->halign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
priv->valign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
priv->width = -1;
priv->height = -1;
_gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
priv->cssnode = gtk_css_widget_node_new (widget);
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, priv->state_flags);
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, priv->visible);
/* need to set correct type here, and only class has the correct type here */
gtk_css_node_set_widget_type (priv->cssnode, G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class));
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
guint i;
for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_param_spec_get_name_quark (pspecs[i]), pspecs[i]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
* class of @widget’s parent
*
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
* [child property][child-properties] @child_property
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
*
* Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
*/
void
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *child_property)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
return;
gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
* emitted.
*/
void
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
else
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_new:
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
* `gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
* 0.0, NULL)` to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don’t have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
GtkWidget *widget;
va_list var_args;
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Should be called by implementations of the remove method
* on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *old_parent;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent == NULL)
return;
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
if (gtk_widget_get_focus_child (priv->parent) == widget)
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (priv->parent, NULL);
if (_gtk_widget_is_drawable (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (priv->parent,
priv->clip.x,
priv->clip.y,
priv->clip.width,
priv->clip.height);
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
* get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
* allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
* (would 0x0 be OK here?)
*/
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
* to emit hierarchy changed
*/
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
g_object_ref (toplevel);
else
toplevel = NULL;
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
* in the next parent.
*/
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
old_parent = priv->parent;
if (old_parent)
{
if (old_parent->priv->first_child == widget)
old_parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
if (old_parent->priv->last_child == widget)
old_parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
if (priv->prev_sibling)
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
if (priv->next_sibling)
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
}
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
* be forcing it to.
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
}
/* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
gtk_css_node_set_parent (widget->priv->cssnode, NULL);
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
if (toplevel)
{
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
g_object_unref (toplevel);
}
/* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
* already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
* an embedded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
* will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
*/
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (!priv->parent)
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroy:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Destroys a widget.
*
* When a widget is destroyed all references it holds on other objects
* will be released:
*
* - if the widget is inside a container, it will be removed from its
* parent
* - if the widget is a container, all its children will be destroyed,
* recursively
* - if the widget is a top level, it will be removed from the list
* of top level widgets that GTK+ maintains internally
*
* It's expected that all references held on the widget will also
* be released; you should connect to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal
* if you hold a reference to @widget and you wish to remove it when
* this function is called. It is not necessary to do so if you are
* implementing a #GtkContainer, as you'll be able to use the
* #GtkContainerClass.remove() virtual function for that.
*
* It's important to notice that gtk_widget_destroy() will only cause
* the @widget to be finalized if no additional references, acquired
* using g_object_ref(), are held on it. In case additional references
* are in place, the @widget will be in an "inert" state after calling
* this function; @widget will still point to valid memory, allowing you
* to release the references you hold, but you may not query the widget's
* own state.
*
* You should typically call this function on top level widgets, and
* rarely on child widgets.
*
* See also: gtk_container_remove()
*/
void
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
*
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
* %NULL. It’s intended to be used as a callback connected to the
* “destroy” signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
* of the same dialog.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
{
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
* value of widget!
* Even check widget_pointer.
*/
if (widget_pointer)
*widget_pointer = NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
* not appear on the screen.
*
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
*
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *parent;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
* conditional
*/
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
gtk_css_node_set_visible (widget->priv->cssnode, TRUE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
priv->visible = TRUE;
if (priv->parent &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
{
*flag = TRUE;
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
flag);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_now:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
* (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
* loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
* because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gint flag = FALSE;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* make sure we will get event */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_widget_show (widget);
g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
&flag);
while (!flag)
gtk_main_iteration ();
}
else
gtk_widget_show (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
* hidden (invisible to the user).
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
GtkWidget *parent;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
}
gtk_css_node_set_visible (widget->priv->cssnode, FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
* signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
* argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
* result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
* window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
* is received.
*
* Returns: %TRUE
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unmap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
GHashTableIter iter;
gpointer key, value;
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return;
g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
{
GdkDevice *device;
GdkEventMask event_mask;
device = key;
event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
}
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *widget;
GdkDevice *device;
gboolean enabled;
} DeviceEnableData;
static void
device_enable_foreach_window (gpointer win,
gpointer user_data)
{
GdkWindow *window = win;
DeviceEnableData *data = user_data;
GdkEventMask events;
GtkWidget *window_widget;
GList *window_list;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
if (data->widget != window_widget)
return;
if (data->enabled)
events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
else
events = 0;
gdk_window_set_device_events (window, data->device, events);
window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (window);
g_list_foreach (window_list, device_enable_foreach_window, data);
}
void
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean recurse,
gboolean enabled)
{
DeviceEnableData data;
data.widget = widget;
data.device = device;
data.enabled = enabled;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
GdkWindow *window;
window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
device_enable_foreach_window (window, &data);
}
else
{
GList *window_list;
window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (_gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
g_list_foreach (window_list, device_enable_foreach_window, &data);
}
if (recurse)
{
GtkWidget *child;
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (child,
device,
TRUE,
enabled);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean recurse)
{
GList *enabled_devices, *l;
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
}
typedef struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo GtkTickCallbackInfo;
struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo
{
guint refcount;
guint id;
GtkTickCallback callback;
gpointer user_data;
GDestroyNotify notify;
guint destroyed : 1;
};
static void
ref_tick_callback_info (GtkTickCallbackInfo *info)
{
info->refcount++;
}
static void
unref_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
GList *link)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
info->refcount--;
if (info->refcount == 0)
{
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_delete_link (priv->tick_callbacks, link);
if (info->notify)
info->notify (info->user_data);
g_slice_free (GtkTickCallbackInfo, info);
}
if (priv->tick_callbacks == NULL && priv->clock_tick_id)
{
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
}
}
static void
destroy_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
GList *link)
{
if (!info->destroyed)
{
info->destroyed = TRUE;
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, link);
}
}
static void
destroy_tick_callbacks (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
{
GList *next = l->next;
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, l->data, l);
l = next;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
g_object_ref (widget);
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
{
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
GList *next;
ref_tick_callback_info (info);
if (!info->destroyed)
{
if (info->callback (widget,
frame_clock,
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
{
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
}
}
next = l->next;
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
l = next;
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static guint tick_callback_id;
/**
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @callback: function to call for updating animations
* @user_data: data to pass to @callback
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.
*
* Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
* before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
* called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device
* or as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is
* slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics
* that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does
* not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a
* repaint or relayout, and aren’t changing widget properties that
* would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel),
* then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() yourself.
*
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing
* continuous animations and
* gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are
* trying to display isolated frames at particular times.
*
* This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
* #GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't
* have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.
*
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
* by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
guint
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallback callback,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify notify)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info;
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->realized && !priv->clock_tick_id)
{
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
if (frame_clock)
{
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
widget);
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
}
}
info = g_slice_new0 (GtkTickCallbackInfo);
info->refcount = 1;
info->id = ++tick_callback_id;
info->callback = callback;
info->user_data = user_data;
info->notify = notify;
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_prepend (priv->tick_callbacks,
info);
return info->id;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @id: an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()
*
* Removes a tick callback previously registered with
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
guint id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l; l = l->next)
{
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
if (info->id == id)
{
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
return;
}
}
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->tick_callbacks != NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_connect_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
_gtk_container_maybe_start_idle_sizer (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
if (priv->tick_callbacks != NULL && !priv->clock_tick_id)
{
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
widget);
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
}
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, frame_clock);
}
static void
gtk_widget_disconnect_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
_gtk_container_stop_idle_sizer (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
if (priv->clock_tick_id)
{
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
}
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_realize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
* widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
* realized and mapped automatically.
*
* Realizing a widget requires all
* the widget’s parent widgets to be realized; calling
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget’s parents in addition to
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
*
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
* isn’t very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
* #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
* #GtkWidget::realize signal.
**/
void
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
/*
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
*/
if (priv->parent == NULL &&
!_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
if (priv->parent && !_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget), TRUE);
if (priv->has_shape_mask)
{
region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
if (priv->multidevice)
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
gtk_widget_connect_frame_clock (widget,
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget));
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
**/
void
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (widget->priv->mapped)
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
gtk_widget_disconnect_frame_clock (widget,
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/*****************************************
* Draw queueing.
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
const cairo_region_t *child_region)
{
GdkWindow *child_window, *window;
cairo_region_t *region;
window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
child_window = _gtk_widget_get_window (child);
if (child_window == window)
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, child_region);
region = cairo_region_copy (child_region);
while (child_window != window && !cairo_region_is_empty (region))
{
int x, y;
/* clip to current window */
cairo_region_intersect_rectangle (region, &(GdkRectangle) {
0, 0,
gdk_window_get_width (child_window),
gdk_window_get_height (child_window)});
/* make region relative to next window */
gdk_window_get_position (child_window, &x, &y);
cairo_region_translate (region, x, y);
child_window = gdk_window_get_parent (child_window);
}
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *child,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
WIDGET_CLASS (parent)->queue_draw_child (parent, child, region);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent == NULL)
return;
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (parent, widget, region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: region to draw
*
* Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by notifying
* the parent via its GtkWidgetClass::queue_draw_child() function.
* Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current batch of
* events has been processed, roughly), the window will receive
* expose events for the union of all regions that have been
* invalidated.
*
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
* implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (cairo_region_is_empty (region))
return;
/* Just return if the widget isn't mapped */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return;
WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->queue_draw_region (widget, region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @width: width of region to draw
* @height: height of region to draw
*
* Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
* the region created from the given coordinates.
*
* The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that return %TRUE for
* gtk_widget_get_has_window(), and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
* @widget->allocation.y otherwise.
*
* @width or @height may be 0, in this case this function does
* nothing. Negative values for @width and @height are not allowed.
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= 0);
g_return_if_fail (height >= 0);
if (width == 0 || height == 0)
return;
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
* entire area of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle *rect;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
rect = &widget->priv->clip;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
rect->x, rect->y, rect->width, rect->height);
else
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
0, 0, rect->width, rect->height);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget);
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
*
* Flags the widget for a rerun of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* function. Use this function instead of gtk_widget_queue_resize()
* when the @widget's size request didn't change but it wants to
* reposition its contents.
*
* An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().
*
* Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
}
/*
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Queue a resize on a widget, and on all other widgets grouped with this widget.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *groups, *l, *widgets;
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_queue_resize_on_widget (widget);
groups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
for (l = groups; l; l = l->next)
{
for (widgets = gtk_size_group_get_widgets (l->data); widgets; widgets = widgets->next)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widgets->data);
}
}
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
gtk_container_queue_resize_handler (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
}
else if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (parent);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
* queues a resize to ensure there’s enough space for the new text.
*
* Note that you cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
* from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
* GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
* “ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The
* most common reason to get the frame clock is to call
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for
* animating. For example you might record the start of the animation
* with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and
* then update the animation by calling
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint.
*
* gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the
* clock, but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a
* widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates
* the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next
* frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame
* on the appropriate frame clock.
*
* A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is
* mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can
* change the widget’s frame clock.
*
* Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock,
* or #NULL if widget is unrealized
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
GdkFrameClock*
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (widget->priv->realized)
{
/* We use gtk_widget_get_toplevel() here to make it explicit that
* the frame clock is a property of the toplevel that a widget
* is anchored to; gdk_window_get_toplevel() will go up the
* hierarchy anyways, but should squash any funny business with
* reparenting windows and widgets.
*/
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
GdkWindow *window = _gtk_widget_get_window (toplevel);
g_assert (window != NULL);
return gdk_window_get_frame_clock (window);
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
static gboolean
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
gpointer data)
{
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
return (user_data == data);
}
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
* of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
* same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
* modified by this call.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
{
int x, y;
gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
}
gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
invalidate_predicate, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
* @baseline: The baseline of the child, or -1
*
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size,
* position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.
*
* In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. It
* will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the
* adjust_size_allocation virtual and adjust_baseline_allocation
* methods on the child will be used to adjust the allocation and
* baseline. Standard adjustments include removing the widget's
* margins, and applying the widget’s #GtkWidget:halign and
* #GtkWidget:valign properties.
*
* If the child widget does not have a valign of %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE the
* baseline argument is ignored and -1 is used instead.
*
* Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation,
gint baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
GdkRectangle old_allocation, old_clip;
GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
gboolean alloc_needed;
gboolean size_changed;
gboolean baseline_changed;
gboolean position_changed;
gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
gint min_width, min_height;
gint old_baseline;
priv = widget->priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!priv->visible && !_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (gtk_widget_get_display (widget), RESIZE))
{
priv->highlight_resize = TRUE;
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("Allocating size to %s %p without calling gtk_widget_measure(). "
"How does the code know the size to allocate?",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
}
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (GEOMETRY))
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_message ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d %d %d, baseline %d",
2 * depth, " ", name,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height,
baseline);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
/* Never pass a baseline to a child unless it requested it.
This means containers don't have to manually check for this. */
if (baseline != -1 &&
gtk_widget_get_valign (widget) != GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE)
baseline = -1;
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
old_allocation = priv->allocation;
old_clip = priv->clip;
old_baseline = priv->allocated_baseline;
real_allocation = *allocation;
priv->allocated_size = *allocation;
priv->allocated_size_baseline = baseline;
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
{
/* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
* of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, real_allocation.width,
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
}
else
{
/* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
* of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, -1,
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, real_allocation.height,
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
!GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
"Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
min_width, min_height);
#endif
/* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
* allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
&dummy,
&natural_width,
&adjusted_allocation.x,
&adjusted_allocation.width);
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
&dummy,
&natural_height,
&adjusted_allocation.y,
&adjusted_allocation.height);
if (baseline >= 0)
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (widget, &baseline);
if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
(adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
(real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
(adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
{
g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
}
else
{
real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
}
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
real_allocation.width,
real_allocation.height);
}
real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
baseline_changed = old_baseline != baseline;
size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed && !baseline_changed)
goto out;
priv->allocated_baseline = baseline;
if (g_signal_has_handler_pending (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, FALSE))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
else
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->size_allocate (widget, &real_allocation);
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (GEOMETRY) && gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("%s %p or a child called gtk_widget_queue_resize() during size_allocate().",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
}
#endif
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
size_changed |= (old_clip.width != priv->clip.width ||
old_clip.height != priv->clip.height);
position_changed |= (old_clip.x != priv->clip.x ||
old_clip.y != priv->clip.y);
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc)
{
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && position_changed)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_clip,priv->clip) in priv->window
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->clip);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_clip);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
if (size_changed || baseline_changed)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_clip,priv->clip) in priv->window and descendants owned by widget
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->clip);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_clip);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
out:
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
*
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
* and position to their child widgets.
*
* In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
* to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
* method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
* adjustments include removing the widget’s margins, and applying the
* widget’s #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
*
* For baseline support in containers you need to use gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline()
* instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline (widget, allocation, -1);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
*
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
static GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
GtkWidget *widget_b)
{
GtkWidget *parent_a;
GtkWidget *parent_b;
gint depth_a = 0;
gint depth_b = 0;
parent_a = widget_a;
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
{
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
depth_a++;
}
parent_b = widget_b;
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
{
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
depth_b++;
}
if (parent_a != parent_b)
return NULL;
while (depth_a > depth_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
depth_a--;
}
while (depth_b > depth_a)
{
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
depth_b--;
}
while (widget_a != widget_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
}
return widget_a;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
* @dest_x: (out) (optional): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
* @dest_y: (out) (optional): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
*
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
* relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
* toplevel.
*
* Returns: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
gint src_x,
gint src_y,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GdkWindow *window;
GList *dest_list = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor || !_gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !_gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
return FALSE;
/* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
}
/* Translate to the common ancestor */
window = src_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
return FALSE;
}
/* And back */
window = dest_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
{
g_list_free (dest_list);
return FALSE;
}
}
while (dest_list)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
}
/* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gtk_widget_set_allocation (widget, allocation);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
}
/* translate initial/final into start/end */
static GtkAlign
effective_align (GtkAlign align,
GtkTextDirection direction)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
default:
return align;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE:
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
/* change nothing */
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
*allocated_size = *natural_size;
}
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
}
break;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
gint end_margin,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
*minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*allocated_pos += start_margin;
*allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
adjust_for_margin (priv->margin.left,
priv->margin.right,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->halign, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
else
{
adjust_for_margin (priv->margin.top,
priv->margin.bottom,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *baseline)
{
if (*baseline >= 0)
*baseline -= widget->priv->margin.top;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn’t overridden by a
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
return can_activate;
}
typedef struct {
GClosure closure;
guint signal_id;
} AccelClosure;
static void
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
if (can_activate)
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
/* whether accelerator was handled */
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
}
static void
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
{
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
}
g_slist_free (closures);
}
static GClosure*
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure;
GClosure *closure = NULL;
GSList *slist, *closures;
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
{
/* reuse this closure */
closure = slist->data;
break;
}
if (!closure)
{
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
g_closure_sink (closure);
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
return closure;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
*
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget’s toplevel via
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_signal,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
{
GClosure *closure;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params)
{
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget '%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
return;
}
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
g_object_ref (widget);
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
*/
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
accel_key,
accel_mods,
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
*
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
*
* Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
{
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
GList *slist, *clist;
guint n;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
guint i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
{
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_list_free (clist);
return is_removed;
}
}
g_list_free (clist);
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
*
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
* a newly allocated #GList of closures
*/
GList*
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *slist;
GList *clist = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
return clist;
}
typedef struct {
GQuark path_quark;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GClosure *closure;
} AccelPath;
static void
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
{
AccelPath *apath = data;
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
* @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
*
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
* be used by a menu creation system.
*
* If you only want to
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
*
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
* g_intern_static_string().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_path,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
if (accel_path)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
}
else
apath = NULL;
/* also removes possible old settings */
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
if (apath)
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
}
const gchar*
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean *locked)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
if (locked)
*locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
gboolean handled;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
handled = TRUE;
else
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
0,
group_cycling,
&handled);
return handled;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
else
{
g_warning ("widget '%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
}
return TRUE;
}
static GskRenderer *
gtk_widget_get_renderer (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
return gtk_window_get_renderer (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
return NULL;
}
typedef enum {
RENDER_SNAPSHOT,
RENDER_DRAW
} RenderMode;
static RenderMode
get_render_mode (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
GtkWidgetClass *parent_class;
for (parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
parent_class != gtk_widget_parent_class;
parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass))
{
if (klass->snapshot != parent_class->snapshot)
return RENDER_SNAPSHOT;
else if (klass->draw != parent_class->draw)
return RENDER_DRAW;
klass = parent_class;
}
return RENDER_SNAPSHOT;
}
void
gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr,
gboolean clip_to_size)
{
if (!_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
if (clip_to_size)
{
cairo_rectangle (cr,
widget->priv->clip.x - widget->priv->allocation.x,
widget->priv->clip.y - widget->priv->allocation.y,
widget->priv->clip.width,
widget->priv->clip.height);
cairo_clip (cr);
}
if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
{
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GdkWindow *event_window = NULL;
gboolean result;
RenderMode mode;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
if (_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (widget))
g_warning ("%s %p is drawn without a current allocation. This should not happen.", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
/* If the widget uses GSK render nodes then we need a fallback path to
* render on the Cairo context; otherwise we just go through the old
* GtkWidget::draw path
*/
mode = get_render_mode (widget_class);
if (mode == RENDER_SNAPSHOT)
{
GskRenderer *renderer = gtk_widget_get_renderer (widget);
GtkSnapshot snapshot;
cairo_region_t *clip;
GskRenderNode *node;
clip = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&(cairo_rectangle_int_t) {
widget->priv->clip.x - widget->priv->allocation.x,
widget->priv->clip.y - widget->priv->allocation.y,
widget->priv->clip.width,
widget->priv->clip.height});
gtk_snapshot_init (&snapshot, renderer, FALSE, clip, "Fallback<%s>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_snapshot (widget, &snapshot);
node = gtk_snapshot_finish (&snapshot);
if (node != NULL)
{
gsk_render_node_draw (node, cr);
gsk_render_node_unref (node);
}
cairo_region_destroy (clip);
}
else
{
gboolean push_group =
widget->priv->alpha != 255 && !_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget);
if (push_group)
cairo_push_group (cr);
if (g_signal_has_handler_pending (widget, widget_signals[DRAW], 0, FALSE))
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
0, cr,
&result);
}
else if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->draw)
{
cairo_save (cr);
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->draw (widget, cr);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
if (push_group)
{
cairo_pop_group_to_source (cr);
cairo_set_operator (cr, CAIRO_OPERATOR_OVER);
cairo_paint_with_alpha (cr, widget->priv->alpha / 255.0);
}
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (gtk_widget_get_display (widget), BASELINES))
{
gint baseline = gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (widget);
gint width = gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (widget);
if (baseline != -1)
{
cairo_save (cr);
cairo_new_path (cr);
cairo_move_to (cr, 0, baseline+0.5);
cairo_line_to (cr, width, baseline+0.5);
cairo_set_line_width (cr, 1.0);
cairo_set_source_rgba (cr, 1.0, 0, 0, 0.25);
cairo_stroke (cr);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
}
if (widget->priv->highlight_resize)
{
GtkAllocation alloc;
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &alloc);
cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, alloc.width, alloc.height);
cairo_set_source_rgba (cr, 1, 0, 0, 0.2);
cairo_fill (cr);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
widget->priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
}
#endif
if (cairo_status (cr) &&
event_window != NULL)
{
/* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK+ calls.
* Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
* we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
* We do want to catch errors from
*/
g_warning ("drawing failure for widget '%s': %s",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_draw:
* @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
* gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
* @cr: a cairo context to draw to
*
* Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
* drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
*
* You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
* original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
* example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
* line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
* effects.
* You may however change the context’s transform matrix - like with
* cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
* region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
* is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
* cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
*
* Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for
* rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
* and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed_on_child);
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
cairo_save (cr);
gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_button_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventButton *event)
{
return _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, (GdkEvent *) event,
GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_motion_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventMotion *event)
{
return _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, (GdkEvent *) event,
GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventTouch *event)
{
GdkEvent *bevent;
gboolean return_val;
gint signum;
if (!event->emulating_pointer)
return _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, (GdkEvent*) event,
GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
{
GdkEventType type;
if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
{
type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
}
else
{
type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
}
bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
bevent->button.time = event->time;
bevent->button.state = event->state;
bevent->button.button = 1;
bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
bevent->button.x = event->x;
bevent->button.y = event->y;
bevent->button.device = event->device;
bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
bevent->button.state |= GDK_BUTTON1_MASK;
}
else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
{
signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
bevent->motion.time = event->time;
bevent->motion.state = event->state | GDK_BUTTON1_MASK;
bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
bevent->motion.x = event->x;
bevent->motion.y = event->y;
bevent->motion.device = event->device;
bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
}
else
return FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
gdk_event_free (bevent);
return return_val;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_grab_broken_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventGrabBroken *event)
{
return _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, (GdkEvent*) event,
GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
}
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
(event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || _gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
/**
* gtk_widget_event:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent
*
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t use this function;
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
* it were in the event queue. Don’t synthesize expose events; instead,
* use gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
* Returns: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
{
g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
}
static GdkEventMask
_gtk_widget_get_controllers_evmask (GtkWidget *widget)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GdkEventMask evmask = 0;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller)
evmask |= gtk_event_controller_get_event_mask (GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER (data->controller));
}
return evmask;
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_run_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event,
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
{
EventControllerData *data;
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
l = priv->event_controllers;
while (l != NULL)
{
GList *next = l->next;
if (!WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
break;
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == NULL)
{
priv->event_controllers = g_list_delete_link (priv->event_controllers, l);
g_free (data);
}
else
{
GtkPropagationPhase controller_phase;
controller_phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller);
if (controller_phase == phase)
handled |= gtk_event_controller_handle_event (data->controller, event);
}
l = next;
}
g_object_unref (widget);
return handled;
}
static void
cancel_event_sequence_on_hierarchy (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *event_widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
gboolean cancel = TRUE;
while (event_widget)
{
if (event_widget == widget)
cancel = FALSE;
else if (cancel)
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (event_widget, sequence);
else
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (event_widget, sequence,
GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED,
NULL);
event_widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (event_widget);
}
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
return_val = _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE);
handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
if (!handler)
return return_val;
g_object_ref (widget);
return_val |= handler (widget, event);
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
/* The widget that was originally to receive the event
* handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
* not, so ensure we get further motion events.
*/
if (return_val &&
event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
event->motion.is_hint &&
(gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window,
int *x,
int *y)
{
GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
*x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
*y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
}
widget_window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
{
int wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
*x += wx;
*y += wy;
}
if (w == NULL)
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
* @cr: the cairo context to transform
* @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
* @window: the window to transform the context to
*
* Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
* coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
* If the @widget’s window is not an ancestor of @window, no
* modification will be applied.
*
* This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
* preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
* signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
* GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
int x, y;
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
}
static gboolean
event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
{
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
* delivering the event, to prevent surprises. We do this here
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
*/
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_SCROLL:
return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
#if 0
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
* on the second half.
*/
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
#endif
default:
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
* or don't have an associated window.
*/
return TRUE;
}
}
static gint
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE, handled;
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
* handling.
*/
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget == gtk_get_event_widget (event))
return_val |= _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, GTK_PHASE_TARGET);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &handled);
return_val |= handled | !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
if (!return_val)
{
gint signal_num;
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_TOUCHPAD_SWIPE:
case GDK_TOUCHPAD_PINCH:
return_val |= _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
/* Fall through */
case GDK_PAD_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_PAD_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_PAD_RING:
case GDK_PAD_STRIP:
case GDK_PAD_GROUP_MODE:
case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_NOTHING:
signal_num = -1;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SCROLL:
signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DELETE:
signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DESTROY:
signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
break;
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
if (event->focus_change.in)
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
else
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
break;
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MAP:
signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_UNMAP:
signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
break;
default:
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
signal_num = -1;
break;
}
if (signal_num != -1)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &handled);
return_val |= handled;
}
}
if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
else
return_val = TRUE;
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that’s activatable
*
* For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.)
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
{
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: a rectangle
* @intersection: (out caller-allocates) (optional): rectangle to store
* intersection of @widget and @area
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @area, storing
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you’re only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area,
GdkRectangle *intersection)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle *dest;
GdkRectangle tmp;
gint return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
if (intersection)
dest = intersection;
else
dest = &tmp;
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
if (return_val && intersection && _gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
return return_val;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
* something like #GtkFrame won’t work.
*
* More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
*
* The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
* related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
* will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static void
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget, NULL);
gtk_widget_forall (widget,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *widget;
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
* be set by the next loop.
*/
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
if (widget == focus_widget)
{
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
*/
if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
return;
}
if (widget)
{
GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
if (widget != common_ancestor)
{
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
widget = widget->priv->parent;
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget, NULL);
if (widget == common_ancestor)
break;
}
}
}
}
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
{
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
* actually, this is very questionable behavior.
*/
gtk_widget_forall (toplevel,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
* set it on the window
*/
widget = focus_widget;
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget->priv->parent, widget);
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gchar *tooltip_markup;
gboolean has_tooltip;
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
has_tooltip = gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget);
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
{
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_mode,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gboolean retval = FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
0,
x, y,
keyboard_mode,
tooltip,
&retval);
return retval;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags old_state)
{
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
if (widget->priv->context)
{
GtkCssStyleChange *change = gtk_style_context_get_change (widget->priv->context);
gboolean has_text = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget) != NULL;
if (change == NULL ||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_FONT)))
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (widget->priv->anchored)
{
if (change == NULL ||
gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_SIZE) ||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT)))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_CLIP))
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_REDRAW))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
else
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
return TRUE;
}
}
else
{
/* @widget can't be focused, but maybe one of its child widgets. */
GtkWidget *focus_child = gtk_widget_get_focus_child (widget);
GtkWidget *child;
if (focus_child != NULL)
{
if (gtk_widget_child_focus (focus_child, direction))
return TRUE;
child = focus_child;
}
else
{
child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
}
/* The current focus child didn't handle the focus, so lets'
try all its siblings. If none of them accepts it, we simply
have to return FALSE since we couldn't handle it either. */
for (;
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
if (_gtk_widget_is_drawable (child) &&
gtk_widget_child_focus (child, direction))
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
direction);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
return FALSE;
case GTK_DIR_UP:
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
break;
}
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_focus)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
{
widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
* it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
* use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
* indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
* @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
* about focus indication.
*
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean draw_focus;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (widget->priv->has_focus)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
draw_focus = TRUE;
}
else
draw_focus = FALSE;
return draw_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the #GtkWidget:has-focus property is
* necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @focus_on_click: whether the widget should grab focus when clicked with the mouse
*
* Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
* you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
* application.
*
* Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean focus_on_click)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
focus_on_click = focus_on_click != FALSE;
if (priv->focus_on_click != focus_on_click)
{
priv->focus_on_click = focus_on_click;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
* the mouse.
*
* Since: 3.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->focus_on_click;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
{
widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_DEFAULT]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_default;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_default)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
if (has_default)
gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
else
gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
* a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
* by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
* The default widget is activated when
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
* that #GtkEntry widgets require the “activates-default” property
* set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
* is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
window = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
else
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean receives_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
{
widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
* %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->receives_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_grab;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_grab)
{
widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
* device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
* events to @widget. This may be used in the
* #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
* devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GtkWindowGroup *group;
GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return TRUE;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
/* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
if (grab_widget &&
widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: name for the widget
*
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
* same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
*
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
* and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...), so using
* these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination
* of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gchar *new_name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
new_name = g_strdup (name);
g_free (priv->name);
priv->name = new_name;
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_id (priv->context, priv->name);
gtk_css_node_set_id (priv->cssnode, priv->name);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_NAME]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
* Returns: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
const gchar*
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->name)
return priv->name;
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags_to_set,
GtkStateFlags flags_to_unset)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
*/
if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
flags_to_set &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
flags_to_unset &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
if (flags_to_set != 0 || flags_to_unset != 0)
{
GtkStateData data;
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
data.flags_to_set = flags_to_set;
data.flags_to_unset = flags_to_unset;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn on
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
* values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
*
* This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
* %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL but ignores them. If you want to set the widget's
* direction, use gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
* will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
* #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
gboolean clear)
{
#define ALLOWED_FLAGS (~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL))
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (flags < (1 << GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS));
if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
(clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
return;
if (clear)
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, ~flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS);
else
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, 0);
#undef ALLOWED_FLAGS
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn off
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (flags < (1 << GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS));
if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
return;
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, 0, flags);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
* that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
* returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
* @widget itself is sensitive.
*
* Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
* #GtkStateFlags to pass to a #GtkStyleContext method, you
* should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().
*
* Returns: The state flags for widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->state_flags;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
*
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
* %TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
*
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (visible)
gtk_widget_show (widget);
else
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->visible = visible;
if (!visible)
{
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
memset (&priv->clip, 0, sizeof (priv->clip));
memset (&priv->allocated_size, 0, sizeof (priv->allocated_size));
priv->allocated_size_baseline = 0;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
* take into account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as
* visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
*
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
* visible.
*
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
while (widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->visible)
return FALSE;
widget = priv->parent;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
*
* Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
* all realized widgets have a non-%NULL “window” pointer
* (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
* is realized), but for many of them it’s actually the #GdkWindow of
* one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
* themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
* calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
widget->priv->no_window_set = TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return ! widget->priv->no_window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
*
* Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets.
* Toplevel widgets have no parent widget.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->toplevel;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_toplevel)
{
widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
*
* Marks the widget as being realized. This function must only be
* called after all #GdkWindows for the @widget have been created
* and registered.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* “realize” or “unrealize” implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean realized)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->realized = realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
* when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
* new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
*
* Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
* allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
* the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
* leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
* setting off will improve performance.
* Note that for widgets where gtk_widget_get_has_window() is %FALSE
* setting this flag to %FALSE turns off all allocation on resizing:
* the widget will not even redraw if its position changes; this is to
* allow containers that don’t draw anything to avoid excess
* invalidations. If you set this flag on a widget with no window that
* does draw on @widget->window, you are
* responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation of the
* widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
* regions newly when the widget increases size.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the
* user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
* “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean sensitive)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
return;
priv->sensitive = sensitive;
if (priv->parent == NULL
|| gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
{
GtkStateData data;
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
if (sensitive)
{
data.flags_to_set = 0;
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
}
else
{
data.flags_to_set = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
data.flags_to_unset = 0;
}
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
}
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
*
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
* own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->sensitive;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: parent container
*
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
* #GtkContainer.
* Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
* to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
* gtk_widget_unparent().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent)
{
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent != NULL)
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent");
return;
}
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget");
return;
}
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
*/
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
priv->parent = parent;
if (parent)
{
priv->prev_sibling = parent->priv->last_child;
if (parent->priv->last_child)
parent->priv->last_child->priv->next_sibling = widget;
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
if (!parent->priv->first_child)
parent->priv->first_child = widget;
}
parent_flags = _gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
* making sure to only propagate the right states */
data.flags_to_set = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
data.flags_to_unset = 0;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_css_node_get_parent (widget->priv->cssnode) == NULL)
gtk_css_node_set_parent (widget->priv->cssnode, parent->priv->cssnode);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
_gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
}
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
*
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the parent widget of @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the parent widget of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->parent;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
GdkScreen *previous_screen;
GdkScreen *new_screen;
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
static void
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *old_screen,
GdkScreen *new_screen)
{
if (old_screen != new_screen)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (old_screen)
{
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (context)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
}
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
if (new_screen && priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
gboolean new_anchored = _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
priv->anchored = new_anchored;
/* This can only happen with gtk_widget_reparent() */
if (priv->realized)
{
if (new_anchored)
gtk_widget_connect_frame_clock (widget,
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget));
else
gtk_widget_disconnect_frame_clock (widget,
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (info->previous_toplevel));
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse, client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
*
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
else
info.new_screen = NULL;
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
GtkWidget *child;
g_object_ref (widget);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (child, client_data);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_screen: Previous screen
*
* Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *previous_screen)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_ref (previous_screen);
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_unref (previous_screen);
}
static void
reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
{
gtk_css_node_invalidate (widget->priv->cssnode, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, reset_style_recurse, user_data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Updates the style context of @widget and all descendants
* by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want
* to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
* style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
(GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
/* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
* this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we’re in the
* process of updating state, of course, so you can only
* verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
* Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
return;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget->priv->mapped)
{
/* Mapped implies ... */
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
}
else
{
/* Not mapped implies... */
#if 0
/* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
* something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
* state, mapping may depend on external factors.
*/
if (widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
#endif
}
/* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
* verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
* children first before the invariants will hold.
*/
if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
if (parent &&
parent->priv->realized)
{
/* Parent realized implies... */
#if 0
/* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
* because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
* realizes all children... instead we just lazily
* wait for map to fix things up.
*/
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
if (parent &&
parent->priv->mapped &&
widget->priv->visible &&
widget->priv->child_visible)
{
/* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
if (!widget->priv->mapped)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->mapped)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
widget->priv->visible,
widget->priv->child_visible,
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
}
}
if (!widget->priv->realized)
{
/* Not realized implies... */
#if 0
/* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
}
/* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
* we’re busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
* on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
}
static void
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
GtkWidget *child;
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
/* Check one level of children, because our
* push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
* checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
* needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
* push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
* mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
* it.
*/
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (child);
}
}
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
static PangoContext *
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
* match any changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked
* by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (!context)
{
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pango_context,
context,
g_object_unref);
}
return context;
}
static PangoFontMap *
gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoFontMap *font_map;
font_map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
if (font_map)
return font_map;
else if (widget->priv->parent)
return gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget->priv->parent);
else
return pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ();
}
static void
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoContext *context)
{
PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
GtkStyleContext *style_context;
GtkSettings *settings;
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
style_context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
"font", &font_desc,
NULL);
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
_gtk_css_number_value_get (
_gtk_style_context_peek_property (style_context,
GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_DPI),
100));
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
if (settings && font_options)
{
cairo_font_options_t *options;
options = cairo_font_options_copy (gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
cairo_font_options_merge (options, font_options);
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context, options);
cairo_font_options_destroy (options);
}
else if (settings)
{
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
}
pango_context_set_font_map (context, gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
if (context)
update_pango_context (widget, context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_font_options:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @options: (allow-none): a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any
* previously set default font options.
*
* Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
* When not set, the default font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.
*
* Since: 3.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_font_options_t *options)
{
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
if (font_options != options)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_font_options,
options ? cairo_font_options_copy (options) : NULL,
(GDestroyNotify)cairo_font_options_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_font_options:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
* the defaults font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set
*
* Since: 3.18
**/
const cairo_font_options_t *
gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
{
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map))
return;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, user_data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_font_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_map: (allow-none): a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL to unset any previously
* set font map
*
* Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
* will inherit the font map from its parent.
*
* Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontMap *font_map)
{
PangoFontMap *map;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
if (map == font_map)
return;
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_font_map,
g_object_ref (font_map),
g_object_unref);
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_font_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
*
* Since: 3.18
*/
PangoFontMap *
gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
* font options, font description, and base direction for drawing
* text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_display (display);
update_pango_context (widget, context);
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
return context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: (nullable): text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
*
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget.
*
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need
* to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced.
* This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal
* on the widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
PangoLayout *layout;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
if (text)
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
return layout;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @parent_window: the new parent window.
*
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
*
* For #GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
* the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
* widgets.
*
* For #GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
* window is realized.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *parent_window)
{
GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget));
old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_parent_window);
if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
parent_window);
if (old_parent_window)
g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
if (parent_window)
g_object_ref (parent_window);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Gets @widget’s parent window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
**/
GdkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkWindow *parent_window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
(priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
*
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
*
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
* is removed from a container.
*
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
* can queue a resize itself.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
if (is_visible)
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
else
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
}
if (priv->parent && _gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
priv->child_visible &&
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
* needs reorganization.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->child_visible;
}
static GdkScreen *
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return _gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
* at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create screen specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkScreen*
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
return screen;
else
return gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
* this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
* screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
* window at the top.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associated
* with the widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
}
void
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR]);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)_gtk_widget_scale_changed, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_scale_factor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
* to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on
* high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
*
* See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().
*
* Returns: the scale factor for @widget
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GdkDisplay *display;
GdkMonitor *monitor;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 1);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return gdk_window_get_scale_factor (_gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel && toplevel != widget)
return gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (toplevel);
/* else fall back to something that is more likely to be right than
* just returning 1:
*/
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (display, 0);
return gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_display:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create display specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
* writing an app, you’d use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
* functions instead.
*
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
* #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
*
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return FALSE;
/* Emit ::focus in any case, even if can-focus is FALSE,
* since any widget might have child widgets that will take
* focus
*/
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[FOCUS],
0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
*
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
* navigation is OK and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
* focus to.
*
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget’s toplevel.
*
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
* values of #GtkDirectionType it returns %FALSE.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
* navigation.
*
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
* gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
*
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkSettings* settings;
gboolean beep;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
if (!settings)
return;
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
NULL);
if (beep && priv->window)
gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean changed = FALSE;
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (width > -2 && priv->width != width)
{
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST]);
priv->width = width;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (height > -2 && priv->height != height)
{
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST]);
priv->height = height;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size
* request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
* function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
*
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
* space than it requested.
*
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
* the “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.
*
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
* #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
* margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
* or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
if (width == 0)
width = 1;
if (height == 0)
height = 1;
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
* @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
*
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used instead. See
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
* actually request, call gtk_widget_measure() instead of
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (width)
*width = widget->priv->width;
if (height)
*height = widget->priv->height;
}
/*< private >
* gtk_widget_has_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns if the widget has a size request set (anything besides -1 for height
* or width)
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_size_request (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return !(widget->priv->width == -1 && widget->priv->height == -1);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
* that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can’t be used with widgets that have no window.
* (See gtk_widget_get_has_window()). To get events on those widgets,
* place them inside a #GtkEventBox and receive events on the event
* box.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
gint e;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
e = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
if (e != events)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_EVENTS]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
* in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can’t be used with windowless widgets (which return
* %FALSE from gtk_widget_get_has_window());
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @enabled: whether to enable the device
*
* Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
* and all its children.
*
* It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
* and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
* (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean enabled)
{
GList *enabled_devices;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
* children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
*
* Returns: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GList *enabled_devices;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events,
GList *window_list)
{
GdkEventMask controllers_mask;
GList *l;
controllers_mask = _gtk_widget_get_controllers_evmask (widget);
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
GtkWidget *window_widget;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *)&window_widget);
if (window_widget == widget)
{
GList *children;
if (device)
gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device,
gdk_window_get_events (window)
| events
| controllers_mask);
else
gdk_window_set_events (window,
gdk_window_get_events (window)
| events
| controllers_mask);
children = gdk_window_peek_children (window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *window_list;
GList win;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (priv->window);
else
{
win.data = priv->window;
win.prev = win.next = NULL;
window_list = &win;
}
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() and the
* [input handling overview][event-masks] for details.
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
gint old_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
}
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_EVENTS]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GdkEventMask old_events;
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_EVENTS]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
* `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)`
* would return
* %NULL if @widget wasn’t inside a toplevel window, and if the
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow.
*
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and call gtk_widget_is_toplevel()
* on the result.
* |[
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
* if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
* {
* // Perform action on toplevel.
* }
* ]|
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there’s no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget->priv->parent)
widget = widget->priv->parent;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: ancestor type
*
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
* `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)` gets
* the first #GtkBox that’s an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
*
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
*
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
*/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for the widget. These are the
* events that the widget will receive.
*
* Note: Internally, the widget event mask will be the logical OR of the event
* mask set through gtk_widget_set_events() or gtk_widget_add_events(), and the
* event mask necessary to cater for every #GtkEventController created for the
* widget.
*
* Returns: event mask for @widget
**/
gint
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask)) |
_gtk_widget_get_controllers_evmask (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
* are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
*
* Returns: device event mask for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GdkEventMask
gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return 0;
return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *ancestor)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
while (widget)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
return TRUE;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
GtkTextDirection direction;
GtkStateFlags state;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
direction = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
default:
g_assert_not_reached ();
break;
}
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget,
state,
state ^ (GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dir: the new direction
*
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitly
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
*
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection dir)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
old_dir = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
widget->priv->direction = dir;
if (old_dir != _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* Returns: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
return gtk_default_direction;
else
return widget->priv->direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
GtkWidget *child;
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (child, data);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
*
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
{
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
{
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
gtk_default_direction = dir;
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
while (tmp_list)
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
}
g_list_free (toplevels);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
*
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
* Returns: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
{
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPath *path;
/* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
* init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
* each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
* implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
*/
path = (GtkWidgetPath*)g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_widget_path);
if (path && G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (path))
g_object_set_qdata (object, quark_widget_path, NULL);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
if (!widget->priv->no_window_set)
{
g_warning ("%s does not call gtk_widget_set_has_window() in its init function", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GSList *sizegroups;
if (priv->parent && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (priv->parent))
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
else if (priv->parent)
gtk_widget_unparent (widget);
else if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
priv->visible = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
if (!priv->in_destruction)
{
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
}
sizegroups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
while (sizegroups)
{
GtkSizeGroup *size_group;
size_group = sizegroups->data;
sizegroups = sizegroups->next;
gtk_size_group_remove_widget (size_group, widget);
}
g_object_set_qdata (object, quark_action_muxer, NULL);
while (priv->attached_windows)
gtk_window_set_attached_to (priv->attached_windows->data, NULL);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
typedef struct {
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
GType widget_type;
GObject *object;
gboolean did_finalize;
} FinalizeAssertion;
static void
finalize_assertion_weak_ref (gpointer data,
GObject *where_the_object_was)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = (FinalizeAssertion *)data;
assertion->did_finalize = TRUE;
}
static FinalizeAssertion *
finalize_assertion_new (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type,
AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = NULL;
GObject *object;
object = gtk_widget_get_template_child (widget, widget_type, child_class->name);
/* We control the hash table entry, the object should never be NULL
*/
g_assert (object);
if (!G_IS_OBJECT (object))
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' seems to have been prematurely finalized",
child_class->name, g_type_name (widget_type));
else
{
assertion = g_slice_new0 (FinalizeAssertion);
assertion->child_class = child_class;
assertion->widget_type = widget_type;
assertion->object = object;
g_object_weak_ref (object, finalize_assertion_weak_ref, assertion);
}
return assertion;
}
static GSList *
build_finalize_assertion_list (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GType class_type;
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l, *list = NULL;
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
if (!class->priv->template)
continue;
class_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
FinalizeAssertion *assertion;
assertion = finalize_assertion_new (widget, class_type, child_class);
list = g_slist_prepend (list, assertion);
}
}
return list;
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
static void
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
{
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children))
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
GSList *assertions = NULL;
/* Note, GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS is very useful
* to catch ref counting bugs, but can only be used in
* test cases which simply create and destroy a composite
* widget.
*
* This is because some API can expose components explicitly,
* and so we cannot assert that a component is expected to finalize
* in a full application ecosystem.
*/
if (g_getenv ("GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS") != NULL)
assertions = build_finalize_assertion_list (widget);
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
/* Release references to all automated children */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children, NULL);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
for (l = assertions; l; l = l->next)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = l->data;
if (!assertion->did_finalize)
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' did not finalize in gtk_widget_destroy(). "
"Current reference count is %d",
assertion->child_class->name,
g_type_name (assertion->widget_type),
assertion->object->ref_count);
g_slice_free (FinalizeAssertion, assertion);
}
g_slist_free (assertions);
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
/* Set any automatic private data pointers to NULL */
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
if (!class->priv->template)
continue;
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
if (child_class->offset != 0)
{
gpointer field_p;
/* Nullify instance private data for internal children */
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = NULL;
}
}
}
}
if (priv->accessible)
{
gtk_accessible_set_widget (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible), NULL);
g_object_unref (priv->accessible);
priv->accessible = NULL;
}
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
destroy_tick_callbacks (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_free (priv->name);
g_clear_object (&priv->accessible);
gtk_widget_clear_path (widget);
gtk_css_widget_node_widget_destroyed (GTK_CSS_WIDGET_NODE (priv->cssnode));
g_object_unref (priv->cssnode);
g_clear_object (&priv->context);
_gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data = l->data;
if (data->controller)
_gtk_widget_remove_controller (widget, data->controller);
}
g_list_free_full (priv->event_controllers, g_free);
priv->event_controllers = NULL;
if (_gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget) != NULL)
{
GtkWidget *child;
g_warning ("Finalizing %s %p, but it still has children left:",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
g_warning (" - %s %p", gtk_widget_get_name (child), child);
}
}
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_map:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
GtkWidget *p;
priv->mapped = TRUE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_show (priv->window);
for (p = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
p != NULL;
p = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (p))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (p) &&
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (p) &&
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (p))
gtk_widget_map (p);
}
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
GtkWidget *child;
priv->mapped = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_unmap (child);
}
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
if (priv->parent)
{
priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
g_object_ref (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
* gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
* So, unrealizing container widget before its children causes the problem
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash.)
*/
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)gtk_widget_unrealize, NULL);
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gtk_widget_unregister_window (widget, priv->window);
gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
else
{
g_object_unref (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL && priv->width > 0)
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->width);
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL && priv->height > 0)
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->height);
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
*/
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
*minimum_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
*natural_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
}
else
{
*minimum_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
*natural_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
}
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_baseline,
gint *natural_baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->height >= 0)
{
/* No baseline support for explicitly set height */
*minimum_baseline = -1;
*natural_baseline = -1;
}
else
{
*minimum_baseline += priv->margin.top;
*natural_baseline += priv->margin.top;
}
}
static gboolean
is_my_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
return (user_data == widget);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns: (nullable): the window of @widget that @device is in, or %NULL
*/
GdkWindow *
_gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GdkWindow *window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
if (gdk_device_get_source (device) == GDK_SOURCE_KEYBOARD)
return NULL;
window = gdk_device_get_last_event_window (device);
if (window && is_my_window (widget, window))
return window;
else
return NULL;
}
static void
list_devices (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDeviceManager *device_manager,
GdkDeviceType device_type,
GList **result)
{
GList *devices;
GList *l;
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
devices = gdk_device_manager_list_devices (device_manager, device_type);
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
for (l = devices; l; l = l->next)
{
GdkDevice *device = l->data;
if (gdk_device_get_source (device) != GDK_SOURCE_KEYBOARD)
{
GdkWindow *window = gdk_device_get_last_event_window (device);
if (window && is_my_window (widget, window))
*result = g_list_prepend (*result, device);
}
}
g_list_free (devices);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
* of any window belonging to @widget.
* Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
* by GTK+ and must not be freed.
*/
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
GdkDeviceManager *device_manager;
GList *result = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return NULL;
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
device_manager = gdk_display_get_device_manager (display);
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
list_devices (widget, device_manager, GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, &result);
/* Rare, but we can get events for grabbed slave devices */
list_devices (widget, device_manager, GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, &result);
return result;
}
static void
synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventType type,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode,
GdkNotifyType detail)
{
GdkEvent *event;
event = gdk_event_new (type);
event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
gdk_device_get_position_double (device,
NULL,
&event->crossing.x_root,
&event->crossing.y_root);
gdk_window_get_device_position_double (window,
device,
&event->crossing.x,
&event->crossing.y,
NULL);
event->crossing.mode = mode;
event->crossing.detail = detail;
event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
event->crossing.state = 0;
gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
if (!widget)
widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
if (widget)
gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
gdk_event_free (event);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
*
* The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
* event. Windows that don’t select for crossing events can’t become the real
* pointer window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
* effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
* pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
* an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
* window should be the root window).
*
* When the effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window, we
* receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
* window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
* crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
*
* When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
* - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
*
* When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
* - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
*/
void
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
GtkWidget *to,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode)
{
GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
if (from != NULL)
{
from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
if (!from_window)
from_window = from->priv->window;
}
if (to != NULL)
{
to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
if (!to_window)
to_window = to->priv->window;
}
if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
;
else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == NULL)
break;
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
/* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
{
GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == NULL)
break;
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
/* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == to_window)
;
else
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
{
if (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == to_window)
break;
if (from_ancestor)
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
if (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
break;
if (to_ancestor)
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
}
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
{
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
}
else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
{
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
}
else
{
while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
&& from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
{
from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
from_ancestors);
to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
}
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
GtkStateData child_data;
GtkWidget *child;
gint new_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
priv->state_flags |= data->flags_to_set;
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags_to_unset);
/* make insensitivity unoverridable */
if (!priv->sensitive)
priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
GtkWidget *window;
window = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
}
new_flags = priv->state_flags;
if (data->old_scale_factor != new_scale_factor)
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (widget);
if (old_flags != new_flags)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_state (_gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
if (!priv->shadowed &&
(new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
{
GList *event_windows = NULL;
GList *devices, *d;
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
{
GdkWindow *window;
GdkDevice *device;
device = d->data;
window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
/* Do not propagate more than once to the
* same window if non-multidevice aware.
*/
if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
g_list_find (event_windows, window))
continue;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
else
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
}
g_list_free (event_windows);
g_list_free (devices);
}
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (widget);
/* Make sure to only propagate the right states further */
child_data.old_scale_factor = new_scale_factor;
child_data.flags_to_set = data->flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
child_data.flags_to_unset = data->flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_propagate_state (child, &child_data);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
* for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without GDK window */
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (region == NULL)
{
priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
/* set shape if widget has a GDK window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* set shape if widget has a GDK window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
{
cairo_region_t *region;
cairo_region_t *csd_region;
cairo_region_t *app_region;
gboolean free_region;
app_region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
csd_region = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region");
free_region = FALSE;
if (app_region && csd_region)
{
free_region = TRUE;
region = cairo_region_copy (app_region);
cairo_region_intersect (region, csd_region);
}
else if (app_region)
region = app_region;
else if (csd_region)
region = csd_region;
else
region = NULL;
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
if (free_region)
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
}
void
gtk_widget_set_csd_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
if (region == NULL)
g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region", NULL);
else
g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region",
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without GDK window */
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
if (region == NULL)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
else
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
}
/* style properties
*/
static void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec,
GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
{
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class '%s' already contains a style property named '%s'",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
pspec->name);
return;
}
g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
* style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @property_name: the name of the style property to find
*
* Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
* %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
const gchar *property_name)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @var_args: a va_list of pairs of property names and
* locations to return the property values, starting with the location
* for @first_property_name.
*
* Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
* bindings.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
va_list var_args)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
const gchar *name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
name = first_property_name;
while (name)
{
const GValue *peek_value;
GParamSpec *pspec;
gchar *error;
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
{
g_warning ("%s: widget class '%s' has no property named '%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
name);
break;
}
/* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
pspec);
G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
if (error)
{
g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
g_free (error);
break;
}
name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
* property values, starting with the location for
* @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
*
* Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
va_list var_args;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_new:
*
* Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
*
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_new (void)
{
return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_copy:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
*
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
**/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_free:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
**/
void
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
gtk_requisition_copy,
gtk_requisition_free)
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
* @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
*
* Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
* @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
* accessibles of the parent class.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
*
* Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GType type)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_type = type;
/* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
* @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
*
* Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
* widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
* setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
*
* In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
* accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
* accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
* instead.
*
* If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
* and the accessible’s default role will be used instead.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
*
* Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
AtkRole role)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_role = role;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
* Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget’s implementation
* does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
* returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
* created yet.
**/
AtkObject *
_gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->accessible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
* assistive technology.
*
* If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
* instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
* implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
* it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
* class for which such an implementation is defined.
*
* The documentation of the
* [ATK](http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/)
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_accessible (widget);
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
AtkObject* accessible;
accessible = widget->priv->accessible;
if (!accessible)
{
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
priv = widget_class->priv;
if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
{
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
accessible = atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory, G_OBJECT (widget));
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
widget->priv->accessible = accessible;
}
else
{
accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
"widget", widget,
NULL);
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
widget->priv->accessible = accessible;
atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
/* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
* in some parent initialize() function to override
* our own.
*/
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
}
}
return accessible;
}
/*
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance’s virtual pointers as
* appropriate to this implementor’s class (GtkWidget).
*/
static void
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
{
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
if (accessible)
g_object_ref (accessible);
return accessible;
}
/*
* Expand flag management
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
{
gboolean h, v;
if (priv->hexpand_set)
h = priv->hexpand;
else
h = FALSE;
if (priv->vexpand_set)
v = priv->vexpand;
else
v = FALSE;
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
* forced by the app
*/
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
{
gboolean ignored;
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
}
}
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
* this function when setting legacy expand child properties
* on the child of a container.
*
* See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
gboolean changed_anything;
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
return;
changed_anything = FALSE;
parent = widget;
while (parent != NULL)
{
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
{
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
changed_anything = TRUE;
}
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
*/
parent = parent->priv->parent;
}
/* recomputing expand always requires
* a relayout as well
*/
if (changed_anything)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
* @widget: the widget
* @orientation: expand direction
*
* Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
* when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
* looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
*
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
* widgets are not expanded.
*
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
*
* Returns: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
return FALSE;
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
else
return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean expand)
{
gint expand_prop;
gint expand_set_prop;
gboolean was_both;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
expand = expand != FALSE;
was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
priv->hexpand == expand)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->hexpand = expand;
expand_prop = PROP_HEXPAND;
expand_set_prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
}
else
{
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
priv->vexpand == expand)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->vexpand = expand;
expand_prop = PROP_VEXPAND;
expand_set_prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_prop]);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_set_prop]);
if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_EXPAND]);
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean set)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gint prop;
priv = widget->priv;
set = set != FALSE;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = set;
prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
}
else
{
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = set;
prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[prop]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
* this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
*
* This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
* wants to expand.
*
* Returns: whether hexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
* room.
*
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
* its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
* container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
* method on #GtkWidget.).
*
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
* automatic expand behavior.
*
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget’s hexpand
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
* for completeness and consistency.
*
* Returns: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
* reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
* flag.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
* for completeness and consistency.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
*
* Returns: whether vexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*
* Returns: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
}
/*
* GtkBuildable implementation
*/
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *type)
{
gtk_widget_set_parent (GTK_WIDGET (child), GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
{
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
iface->add_child = gtk_widget_buildable_add_child;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
g_strdup (name), g_free);
}
static const gchar *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
}
static GObject *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l;
GType internal_child_type = 0;
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
/* Find a widget type which has declared an automated child as internal by
* the name 'childname', if any.
*/
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (buildable);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template = class->priv->template;
if (!template)
continue;
for (l = template->children; l && internal_child_type == 0; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
if (child_class->internal_child && strcmp (childname, child_class->name) == 0)
internal_child_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
}
}
/* Now return the 'internal-child' from the class which declared it, note
* that gtk_widget_get_template_child() an API used to access objects
* which are in the private scope of a given class.
*/
if (internal_child_type != 0)
return gtk_widget_get_template_child (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), internal_child_type, childname);
return NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value)
{
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
}
typedef struct
{
gchar *action_name;
GString *description;
gchar *context;
gboolean translatable;
} AtkActionData;
typedef struct
{
gchar *target;
AtkRelationType type;
gint line;
gint col;
} AtkRelationData;
static void
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->action_name);
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
g_free (data->context);
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
}
static void
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->target);
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GSList *atk_relations;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
{
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default);
}
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus);
}
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
quark_builder_atk_relations);
if (atk_relations)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
GSList *l;
GObject *target;
AtkObject *target_accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
target = _gtk_builder_lookup_object (builder, relation->target, relation->line, relation->col);
if (!target)
continue;
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation->type, target_accessible);
}
g_object_unref (relation_set);
g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations);
}
}
typedef struct
{
GtkBuilder *builder;
GSList *actions;
GSList *relations;
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
static void
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
{
gchar *target = NULL;
gchar *type = NULL;
AtkRelationData *relation;
AtkRelationType relation_type;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "target", &target,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "type", &type,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (type);
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"No such relation type: '%s'", type);
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
relation->target = g_strdup (target);
relation->type = relation_type;
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
{
const gchar *action_name;
const gchar *description = NULL;
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
AtkActionData *action;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "action_name", &action_name,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "description", &description,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "comments", NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &msg_context,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
action->description = g_string_new (description);
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
action->translatable = translatable;
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static void
accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *text,
gsize text_len,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
{
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
{
accessibility_start_element,
NULL,
accessibility_text,
};
typedef struct
{
GObject *object;
GtkBuilder *builder;
guint key;
guint modifiers;
gchar *signal;
} AccelGroupParserData;
static void
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccelGroupParserData *data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "accelerator") == 0)
{
const gchar *key_str = NULL;
const gchar *signal = NULL;
const gchar *modifiers_str = NULL;
guint key = 0;
guint modifiers = 0;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "key", &key_str,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "signal", &signal,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "modifiers", &modifiers_str,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (key_str);
if (key == 0)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"Could not parse key '%s'", key_str);
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
if (modifiers_str != NULL)
{
GFlagsValue aliases[2] = {
{ 0, "primary", "primary" },
{ 0, NULL, NULL }
};
aliases[0].value = _gtk_get_primary_accel_mod ();
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE, aliases,
modifiers_str, &modifiers, error))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
}
data->key = key;
data->modifiers = modifiers;
data->signal = g_strdup (signal);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
{
accel_group_start_element,
};
typedef struct
{
GtkBuilder *builder;
GSList *classes;
} StyleParserData;
static void
style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
StyleParserData *data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
{
const gchar *name;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "style", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
data->classes = g_slist_prepend (data->classes, g_strdup (name));
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
{
style_start_element,
};
static gboolean
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *parser_data)
{
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = accel_group_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = accessibility_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = style_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *toplevel,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GSList *accel_groups;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
{
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
}
else
{
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
}
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
accel_data->signal,
accel_group,
accel_data->key,
accel_data->modifiers,
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
g_free (accel_data->signal);
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer user_data)
{
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
g_assert (accel_data->object);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (a11y_data->actions)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkAction *action;
gint i, n_actions;
GSList *l;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
{
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
action_data->action_name) == 0)
break;
if (i < n_actions)
{
const gchar *description;
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
action_data->context,
action_data->description->str);
else
description = action_data->description->str;
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
}
}
}
else
g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
}
if (a11y_data->relations)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
a11y_data->relations);
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
GtkStyleContext *context;
GSList *l;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
}
}
static GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* By default widgets don't trade size at all. */
return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
int for_size,
int *minimum,
int *natural,
int *minimum_baseline,
int *natural_baseline)
{
*minimum = 0;
*natural = 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*
* For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
* %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to
* %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. Baselines are not supported for horizontal
* alignment.
*
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkAlign align;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
align = widget->priv->halign;
if (align == GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE)
return GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
return align;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the horizontal alignment
*
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->halign == align)
return;
widget->priv->halign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HALIGN]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return widget->priv->valign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the vertical alignment
*
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->valign == align)
return;
widget->priv->valign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VALIGN]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_start:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
*
* Returns: The start margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.left;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_start:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the start margin
*
* Sets the start margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
/* We always save margin-start as .left */
if (widget->priv->margin.left == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.left = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_end:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
*
* Returns: The end margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.right;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_end:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the end margin
*
* Sets the end margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
/* We always set margin-end as .right */
if (widget->priv->margin.right == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.right = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.top;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the top margin
*
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
if (widget->priv->margin.top == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.top = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.bottom;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the bottom margin
*
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
if (widget->priv->margin.bottom == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.bottom = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
* to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
* default clipboard. Another common value
* is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
* the primary X selection.
*
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
* be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
* window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GtkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
selection);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
* which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
* must call `g_list_foreach (result,
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *list = NULL;
GSList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
return list;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
*
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemonic label for
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
if (new_list)
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
{
priv->has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
if (priv->has_tooltip)
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
}
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
*
* Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
*
* If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
* have the name “gtk-tooltip”, see gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *custom_window)
{
gboolean has_tooltip;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
if (custom_window)
g_object_ref (custom_window);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
custom_window, g_object_unref);
has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
if (has_tooltip && _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
static guint tooltip_query_id;
static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
static gboolean
tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
{
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
g_slist_free_full (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_unref);
tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
tooltip_query_id = 0;
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
{
tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
g_source_set_name_by_id (tooltip_query_id, "[gtk+] tooltip_query_idle");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
*
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
* care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
* handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
* This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
* and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *markup)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_tooltip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @clip: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget’s clip area.
*
* The clip area is the area in which all of @widget's drawing will
* happen. Other toolkits call it the bounding box.
*
* Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation
* retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().
*
* Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *clip)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (clip != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*clip = priv->clip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_clip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @clip: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
*
* Sets the widget’s clip. This must not be used directly,
* but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.
* It must be called after gtk_widget_set_allocation() (or after chaining up
* to the parent class), because that function resets the clip.
*
* The clip set should be the area that @widget draws on. If @widget is a
* #GtkContainer, the area must contain all children's clips.
*
* If this function is not called by @widget during a ::size-allocate handler,
* the clip will be set to @widget's allocation.
*
* Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *clip)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) || _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
g_return_if_fail (clip != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (GEOMETRY))
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_message ("gtk_widget_set_clip: %*s%s %d %d %d %d",
2 * depth, " ", name,
clip->x, clip->y,
clip->width, clip->height);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
priv->clip = *clip;
while (priv->parent &&
_gtk_widget_get_window (widget) == _gtk_widget_get_window (priv->parent))
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *parent_priv = priv->parent->priv;
GdkRectangle union_rect;
gdk_rectangle_union (&priv->clip,
&parent_priv->clip,
&union_rect);
if (gdk_rectangle_equal (&parent_priv->clip, &union_rect))
break;
parent_priv->clip = union_rect;
priv = parent_priv;
}
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_set_simple_clip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @content_clip: (nullable): Clipping area of the contents
* or %NULL, if the contents
* do not extent the allocation.
*
* This is a convenience function for gtk_widget_set_clip(), if you
* just want to set the clip for @widget based on its allocation,
* CSS properties and - if the widget is a #GtkContainer - its
* children. gtk_widget_set_allocation() must have been called
* and all children must have been allocated with
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() before calling this function.
* It is therefore a good idea to call this function last in
* your implementation of GtkWidget::size_allocate().
*
* If your widget overdraws its contents, you cannot use this
* function and must call gtk_widget_set_clip() yourself.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_set_simple_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *content_clip)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
GtkAllocation clip, allocation;
GtkBorder extents;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
_gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &allocation);
_gtk_css_shadows_value_get_extents (_gtk_style_context_peek_property (context,
GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_BOX_SHADOW),
&extents);
clip = allocation;
clip.x -= extents.left;
clip.y -= extents.top;
clip.width += extents.left + extents.right;
clip.height += extents.top + extents.bottom;
if (content_clip)
gdk_rectangle_union (content_clip, &clip, &clip);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
GdkRectangle children_clip;
gtk_container_get_children_clip (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), &children_clip);
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
children_clip.x += allocation.x;
children_clip.y += allocation.y;
}
gdk_rectangle_union (&children_clip, &clip, &clip);
}
gtk_widget_set_clip (widget, &clip);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_size:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
* @baseline: (out) (allow-none): a pointer to an integer to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget’s allocated size.
*
* This function returns the last values passed to
* gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline(). The value differs from
* the size returned in gtk_widget_get_allocation() in that functions
* like gtk_widget_set_halign() can adjust the allocation, but not
* the value returned by this function.
*
* If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.
*
* Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation,
int *baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocated_size;
if (baseline)
*baseline = priv->allocated_size_baseline;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
*
* Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget’s allocation will
* be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent
* container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
* allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
* gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
* There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
* gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn’t stored; if a container
* implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
*
* Sets the widget’s allocation. This should not be used
* directly, but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.
*
* The allocation set should be the “adjusted” or actual
* allocation. If you’re implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
* The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
* allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
* allocation.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) || _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->allocation = *allocation;
priv->clip = *allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the width of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.width;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the height of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.height;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function, and when allocating child
* widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.
*
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
*
* Since: 3.10
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocated_baseline;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
*
* Sets a widget’s window. This function should only be used in a
* widget’s #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
* usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
* window of its parent widget as returned by
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
*
* Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
* by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
* widget’s init() function.
*
* Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->window != window)
{
priv->window = window;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_WINDOW]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_register_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: a #GdkWindow
*
* Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that
* the widget receives events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_window()
* when destroying the window.
*
* Before 3.8 you needed to call gdk_window_set_user_data() directly to set
* this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window()
* instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like
* transparency might not work perfectly.
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gpointer user_data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
g_assert (user_data == NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
gdk_window_set_user_data (window, widget);
priv->registered_windows = g_list_prepend (priv->registered_windows, window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unregister_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: a #GdkWindow
*
* Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
* gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is
* no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gpointer user_data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
priv = widget->priv;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
g_assert (user_data == widget);
gdk_window_set_user_data (window, NULL);
priv->registered_windows = g_list_remove (priv->registered_windows, window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): @widget’s window.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->multidevice;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
*
* Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
* that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
* gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean support_multidevice)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
}
/* There are multiple alpha related sources. First of all the user can specify alpha
* in gtk_widget_set_opacity, secondly we can get it from the CSS opacity. These two
* are multiplied together to form the total alpha. Secondly, the user can specify
* an opacity group for a widget, which means we must essentially handle it as having alpha.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStyleContext *context;
gdouble opacity;
guint8 alpha;
priv = widget->priv;
alpha = priv->user_alpha;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
opacity =
_gtk_css_number_value_get (_gtk_style_context_peek_property (context,
GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_OPACITY),
100);
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
alpha = round (priv->user_alpha * opacity);
if (alpha == priv->alpha)
return;
priv->alpha = alpha;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gdk_window_set_opacity (priv->window, priv->alpha / 255.0);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_opacity:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @opacity: desired opacity, between 0 and 1
*
* Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
* with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values
* are clamped to the [0,1] range.).
* This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there
* are some limitations:
*
* For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing
* system. On X11 this has any effect only on X displays with a compositing manager
* running. See gdk_display_is_composited(). On Windows it should work
* always, although setting a window’s opacity after the window has been
* shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
*
* For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window.
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble opacity)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
guint8 alpha;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
alpha = round (opacity * 255);
if (alpha == priv->user_alpha)
return;
priv->user_alpha = alpha;
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OPACITY]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_opacity:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
* See gtk_widget_set_opacity().
*
* Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
gdouble
gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0.0);
return widget->priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
}
static void
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_focus)
{
widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
if (has_focus)
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
else
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
*
* Sends the focus change @event to @widget
*
* This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
* should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
* to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
* it’s not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
* window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
*
* An example of its usage is:
*
* |[
* GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
*
* fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
* fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
* fevent->focus_change.window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
* if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
* g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
*
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
*
* gdk_event_free (event);
* ]|
*
* Returns: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean res;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
g_object_ref (widget);
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
g_object_unref (widget);
return res;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
* unnecessary work.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_destruction;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->anchored;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean anchored)
{
widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->shadowed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean shadowed)
{
widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
do
{
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
break;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
if (!priv->visible)
break;
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_container_queue_resize_handler (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
break;
}
widget = priv->parent;
if (widget == NULL)
break;
priv = widget->priv;
}
while (TRUE);
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_needs_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->visible || !priv->child_visible)
return FALSE;
if (priv->resize_needed || priv->alloc_needed || priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
void
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_needs_allocate (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
/* This code assumes that we only reach here if the previous
* allocation is still valid (ie no resize was queued).
* If that wasn't true, the parent would have taken care of
* things.
*/
if (priv->alloc_needed)
{
GtkAllocation allocation;
int baseline;
gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (widget, &allocation, &baseline);
gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline (widget, &allocation, baseline);
}
else if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
{
GtkWidget *child;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (child);
}
}
}
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_on_widget (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->resize_needed = TRUE;
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
}
void
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->resize_needed)
return;
priv->resize_needed = FALSE;
_gtk_size_request_cache_clear (&priv->requests);
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
}
GSList *
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *window)
{
widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *window)
{
widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
* @path: a widget path
* @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
*
* Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
* by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
* @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
* adding the style classes from @widget.
*
* Returns: the position where the data was inserted
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
const GQuark *classes;
guint n_classes, i;
gint pos;
g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, gtk_css_node_get_widget_type (widget->priv->cssnode));
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (path, pos, gtk_css_node_get_name (widget->priv->cssnode));
if (widget->priv->name)
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, widget->priv->state_flags);
classes = gtk_css_node_list_classes (widget->priv->cssnode, &n_classes);
for (i = n_classes; i-- > 0;)
gtk_widget_path_iter_add_qclass (path, pos, classes[i]);
return pos;
}
GtkWidgetPath *
_gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (parent && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (parent))
return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
else if (parent)
{
GtkWidgetPath *path = _gtk_widget_create_path (parent);
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (path, widget);
return path;
}
else
{
/* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
* as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
* where style properties might be retrieved on that
* situation.
*/
GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
GtkWidgetPath *result;
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
if (attach_widget != NULL)
result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
else
result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
return result;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
* is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
* created.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPath *path;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
path = (GtkWidgetPath*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_widget_path);
if (!path)
{
path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_widget_path,
path,
(GDestroyNotify)gtk_widget_path_free);
}
return path;
}
void
gtk_widget_clear_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_widget_path, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name:
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
* @name: name to use
*
* Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
*
* If this function is not called for a given class, the name
* of the parent class is used.
*
* Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const char *name)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->css_name = g_intern_string (name);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
{
return !(GTK_IS_WINDOW_CLASS (widget_class) ||
GTK_IS_POPOVER_CLASS (widget_class));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_get_css_name:
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
*
* Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.
*
* Returns: the CSS name of the given class
*
* Since: 3.20
*/
const char *
gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), NULL);
return widget_class->priv->css_name;
}
void
_gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
}
GtkCssNode *
gtk_widget_get_css_node (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->cssnode;
}
GtkStyleContext *
_gtk_widget_peek_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the style context associated to @widget. The returned object is
* guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
* must not be freed.
**/
GtkStyleContext *
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
{
GdkScreen *screen;
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
priv->context = gtk_style_context_new_for_node (priv->cssnode);
gtk_style_context_set_id (priv->context, priv->name);
gtk_style_context_set_state (priv->context, priv->state_flags);
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (screen)
gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
if (frame_clock)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, frame_clock);
if (priv->parent)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
_gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
}
return widget->priv->context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
*
* Returns the modifier mask the @widget’s windowing system backend
* uses for a particular purpose.
*
* See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
*
* Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
*
* Since: 3.4
**/
GdkModifierType
gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkModifierIntent intent)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
intent);
}
static GtkActionMuxer *
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
return gtk_application_get_parent_muxer_for_window (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
else if (GTK_IS_POPOVER (widget))
parent = gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GTK_POPOVER (widget));
else
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
return _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent, create);
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
if (muxer == NULL)
return;
gtk_action_muxer_set_parent (muxer,
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, TRUE));
}
GtkActionMuxer *
_gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
if (muxer)
return muxer;
if (create)
{
muxer = gtk_action_muxer_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_action_muxer,
muxer,
g_object_unref);
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
return muxer;
}
else
return gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: the prefix for actions in @group
* @group: (allow-none): a #GActionGroup, or %NULL
*
* Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
* #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
* setting their “action-name” to
* @prefix.`action-name`.
*
* If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed
* from @widget.
*
* Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name,
GActionGroup *group)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
if (group)
gtk_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
else
gtk_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);
}
/****************************************************************
* GtkBuilder automated templates *
****************************************************************/
static AutomaticChildClass *
template_child_class_new (const gchar *name,
gboolean internal_child,
gssize offset)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = g_slice_new0 (AutomaticChildClass);
child_class->name = g_strdup (name);
child_class->internal_child = internal_child;
child_class->offset = offset;
return child_class;
}
static void
template_child_class_free (AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
{
if (child_class)
{
g_free (child_class->name);
g_slice_free (AutomaticChildClass, child_class);
}
}
static CallbackSymbol *
callback_symbol_new (const gchar *name,
GCallback callback)
{
CallbackSymbol *cb = g_slice_new0 (CallbackSymbol);
cb->callback_name = g_strdup (name);
cb->callback_symbol = callback;
return cb;
}
static void
callback_symbol_free (CallbackSymbol *callback)
{
if (callback)
{
g_free (callback->callback_name);
g_slice_free (CallbackSymbol, callback);
}
}
static void
template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data)
{
if (template_data)
{
g_bytes_unref (template_data->data);
g_slist_free_full (template_data->children, (GDestroyNotify)template_child_class_free);
g_slist_free_full (template_data->callbacks, (GDestroyNotify)callback_symbol_free);
if (template_data->connect_data &&
template_data->destroy_notify)
template_data->destroy_notify (template_data->connect_data);
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetTemplate, template_data);
}
}
static GHashTable *
get_auto_child_hash (GtkWidget *widget,
GType type,
gboolean create)
{
GHashTable *auto_children;
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
auto_children = (GHashTable *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children);
if (auto_children == NULL)
{
if (!create)
return NULL;
auto_children = g_hash_table_new_full (g_direct_hash,
NULL,
NULL, (GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_auto_children,
auto_children,
(GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
}
auto_child_hash =
g_hash_table_lookup (auto_children, GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type));
if (!auto_child_hash && create)
{
auto_child_hash = g_hash_table_new_full (g_str_hash,
g_str_equal,
NULL,
(GDestroyNotify)g_object_unref);
g_hash_table_insert (auto_children,
GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type),
auto_child_hash);
}
return auto_child_hash;
}
static gboolean
setup_template_child (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data,
GType class_type,
AutomaticChildClass *child_class,
GtkWidget *widget,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
GObject *object;
object = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, child_class->name);
if (!object)
{
g_critical ("Unable to retrieve object '%s' from class template for type '%s' while building a '%s'",
child_class->name, g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
return FALSE;
}
/* Insert into the hash so that it can be fetched with
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() and also in automated
* implementations of GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
*/
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, class_type, TRUE);
g_hash_table_insert (auto_child_hash, child_class->name, g_object_ref (object));
if (child_class->offset != 0)
{
gpointer field_p;
/* Assign 'object' to the specified offset in the instance (or private) data */
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = object;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_init_template:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
* function must be called in the instance initializer for any
* class which assigned itself a template using gtk_widget_class_set_template()
*
* It is important to call this function in the instance initializer
* of a #GtkWidget subclass and not in #GObject.constructed() or
* #GObject.constructor() for two reasons.
*
* One reason is that generally derived widgets will assume that parent
* class composite widgets have been created in their instance
* initializers.
*
* Another reason is that when calling g_object_new() on a widget with
* composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets
* before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new()
* should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
GtkBuilder *builder;
GError *error = NULL;
GObject *object;
GSList *l;
GType class_type;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
object = G_OBJECT (widget);
class_type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget);
template = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->template;
g_return_if_fail (template != NULL);
builder = gtk_builder_new ();
/* Add any callback symbols declared for this GType to the GtkBuilder namespace */
for (l = template->callbacks; l; l = l->next)
{
CallbackSymbol *callback = l->data;
gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (builder, callback->callback_name, callback->callback_symbol);
}
/* This will build the template XML as children to the widget instance, also it
* will validate that the template is created for the correct GType and assert that
* there is no infinite recursion.
*/
if (!gtk_builder_extend_with_template (builder, widget, class_type,
(const gchar *)g_bytes_get_data (template->data, NULL),
g_bytes_get_size (template->data),
&error))
{
g_critical ("Error building template class '%s' for an instance of type '%s': %s",
g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (object), error->message);
g_error_free (error);
/* This should never happen, if the template XML cannot be built
* then it is a critical programming error.
*/
g_object_unref (builder);
return;
}
/* Build the automatic child data
*/
for (l = template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
/* This will setup the pointer of an automated child, and cause
* it to be available in any GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
* invocations which may follow by reference in child classes.
*/
if (!setup_template_child (template,
class_type,
child_class,
widget,
builder))
{
g_object_unref (builder);
return;
}
}
/* Connect signals. All signal data from a template receive the
* template instance as user data automatically.
*
* A GtkBuilderConnectFunc can be provided to gtk_widget_class_set_signal_connect_func()
* in order for templates to be usable by bindings.
*/
if (template->connect_func)
gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (builder, template->connect_func, template->connect_data);
else
gtk_builder_connect_signals (builder, object);
g_object_unref (builder);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_template:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @template_bytes: A #GBytes holding the #GtkBuilder XML
*
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
* the GtkBuilder XML to be used to extend a widget.
*
* For convenience, gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource() is also provided.
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GBytes *template_bytes)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
g_return_if_fail (template_bytes != NULL);
widget_class->priv->template = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetTemplate);
widget_class->priv->template->data = g_bytes_ref (template_bytes);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @resource_name: The name of the resource to load the template from
*
* A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *resource_name)
{
GError *error = NULL;
GBytes *bytes = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
g_return_if_fail (resource_name && resource_name[0]);
/* This is a hack, because class initializers now access resources
* and GIR/gtk-doc initializes classes without initializing GTK+,
* we ensure that our base resources are registered here and
* avoid warnings which building GIRs/documentation.
*/
_gtk_ensure_resources ();
bytes = g_resources_lookup_data (resource_name, 0, &error);
if (!bytes)
{
g_critical ("Unable to load resource for composite template for type '%s': %s",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
g_error_free (error);
return;
}
gtk_widget_class_set_template (widget_class, bytes);
g_bytes_unref (bytes);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @callback_name: The name of the callback as expected in the template XML
* @callback_symbol: (scope async): The callback symbol
*
* Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from the template XML
* defined for @widget_type. See gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol().
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *callback_name,
GCallback callback_symbol)
{
CallbackSymbol *cb;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (callback_name && callback_name[0]);
g_return_if_fail (callback_symbol != NULL);
cb = callback_symbol_new (callback_name, callback_symbol);
widget_class->priv->template->callbacks = g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->callbacks, cb);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @connect_func: The #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to use when connecting signals in the class template
* @connect_data: The data to pass to @connect_func
* @connect_data_destroy: The #GDestroyNotify to free @connect_data, this will only be used at
* class finalization time, when no classes of type @widget_type are in use anymore.
*
* For use in language bindings, this will override the default #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to be
* used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from this class’s template data.
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func,
gpointer connect_data,
GDestroyNotify connect_data_destroy)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
/* Defensive, destroy any previously set data */
if (widget_class->priv->template->connect_data &&
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify)
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify (widget_class->priv->template->connect_data);
widget_class->priv->template->connect_func = connect_func;
widget_class->priv->template->connect_data = connect_data;
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify = connect_data_destroy;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
* @internal_child: Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
* when this class is used in GtkBuilder XML
* @struct_offset: The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance public or private structure
* where the automated child pointer should be set, or 0 to not assign the pointer.
*
* Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to be set to a location
* on a freshly built instance’s private data, or alternatively accessible via gtk_widget_get_template_child().
*
* The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should use G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)
* for @struct_offset, or in the private struct, then you should use G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(WidgetType, member).
*
* An explicit strong reference will be held automatically for the duration of your
* instance’s life cycle, it will be released automatically when #GObjectClass.dispose() runs
* on your instance and if a @struct_offset that is != 0 is specified, then the automatic location
* in your instance public or private data will be set to %NULL. You can however access an automated child
* pointer the first time your classes #GObjectClass.dispose() runs, or alternatively in
* #GtkWidgetClass.destroy().
*
* If @internal_child is specified, #GtkBuildableIface.get_internal_child() will be automatically
* implemented by the #GtkWidget class so there is no need to implement it manually.
*
* The wrapper macros gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child(), gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal(),
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() and gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private()
* might be more convenient to use.
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *name,
gboolean internal_child,
gssize struct_offset)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (name && name[0]);
child_class = template_child_class_new (name,
internal_child,
struct_offset);
widget_class->priv->template->children =
g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->children, child_class);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_template_child:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: The #GType to get a template child for
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
*
* Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget instance.
*
* This will only report children which were previously declared with
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() or one of its
* variants.
*
* This function is only meant to be called for code which is private to the @widget_type which
* declared the child and is meant for language bindings which cannot easily make use
* of the GObject structure offsets.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The object built in the template XML with the id @name
*/
GObject *
gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type,
const gchar *name)
{
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
GObject *ret = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_name (widget_type) != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (name && name[0], NULL);
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, widget_type, FALSE);
if (auto_child_hash)
ret = g_hash_table_lookup (auto_child_hash, name);
return ret;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the prefixes of
* #GActionGroup's available to @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer container): a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
*
* Since: 3.16
*/
const gchar **
gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
if (muxer)
return gtk_action_muxer_list_prefixes (muxer);
return g_new0 (const gchar *, 1);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_action_group:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
* @prefix: The “prefix” of the action group.
*
* Retrieves the #GActionGroup that was registered using @prefix. The resulting
* #GActionGroup may have been registered to @widget or any #GtkWidget in its
* ancestry.
*
* If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GActionGroup or %NULL.
*
* Since: 3.16
*/
GActionGroup *
gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *prefix)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (prefix, NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
if (muxer)
return gtk_action_muxer_lookup (muxer, prefix);
return NULL;
}
static void
event_controller_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed,
EventControllerData *data)
{
GdkDevice *device = NULL;
if (GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
device = gtk_gesture_get_device (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller));
if (!device || !gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (widget, device))
return;
gtk_event_controller_reset (data->controller);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_update_evmask (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gint events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_event_mask));
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
}
}
static void
event_controller_sequence_state_changed (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GtkEventSequenceState state,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GtkWidget *event_widget;
const GdkEvent *event;
handled = _gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (widget, sequence,
state, gesture);
if (!handled || state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
return;
event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence);
if (!event)
return;
event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget ((GdkEvent *) event);
cancel_event_sequence_on_hierarchy (widget, event_widget, sequence);
}
static EventControllerData *
_gtk_widget_has_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == controller)
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
g_return_if_fail (widget == gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller));
priv = widget->priv;
data = _gtk_widget_has_controller (widget, controller);
if (data)
return;
data = g_new0 (EventControllerData, 1);
data->controller = controller;
data->grab_notify_id =
g_signal_connect (widget, "grab-notify",
G_CALLBACK (event_controller_grab_notify), data);
g_object_add_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (data->controller), (gpointer *) &data->controller);
if (GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
{
data->sequence_state_changed_id =
g_signal_connect (controller, "sequence-state-changed",
G_CALLBACK (event_controller_sequence_state_changed),
widget);
}
priv->event_controllers = g_list_prepend (priv->event_controllers, data);
_gtk_widget_update_evmask (widget);
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
data = _gtk_widget_has_controller (widget, controller);
if (!data)
return;
g_object_remove_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (data->controller), (gpointer *) &data->controller);
if (g_signal_handler_is_connected (widget, data->grab_notify_id))
g_signal_handler_disconnect (widget, data->grab_notify_id);
if (data->sequence_state_changed_id)
g_signal_handler_disconnect (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
data->controller = NULL;
}
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l, *retval = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller != NULL &&
phase == gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller))
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, data->controller);
}
return retval;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_consumes_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == NULL)
continue;
if ((!GTK_IS_GESTURE_SINGLE (data->controller) ||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_DRAG (data->controller) ||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_SWIPE (data->controller)) &&
gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller), sequence))
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
{
EventControllerData *controller_data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
/* Reset all controllers */
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
controller_data = l->data;
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller_data->controller);
}
}
void
gtk_widget_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
graphene_rect_t bounds;
GtkCssValue *filter_value;
RenderMode mode;
double opacity;
cairo_rectangle_int_t offset_clip;
if (!_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
if (_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("Trying to snapshot %s %p without a current allocation", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return;
}
priv = widget->priv;
offset_clip = priv->clip;
offset_clip.x -= priv->allocation.x;
offset_clip.y -= priv->allocation.y;
if (gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (snapshot, &offset_clip))
return;
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
opacity = 1.0;
else
opacity = widget->priv->alpha / 255.0;
if (opacity <= 0.0)
return;
/* Compatibility mode: if the widget does not have a render node, we draw
* using gtk_widget_draw() on a temporary node
*/
mode = get_render_mode (klass);
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (SNAPSHOT))
gtk_snapshot_push (snapshot, TRUE, "%s<%p>", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
filter_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_property (_gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_FILTER);
gtk_css_filter_value_push_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
offset_clip.x,
offset_clip.y,
offset_clip.width,
offset_clip.height);
if (mode == RENDER_DRAW)
{
cairo_t *cr;
cr = gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (snapshot,
&bounds, "Fallback<%s>",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
cairo_destroy (cr);
}
else
{
if (opacity < 1.0)
gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (snapshot, opacity, "Opacity<%s,%f>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), opacity);
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
if (g_signal_has_handler_pending (widget, widget_signals[DRAW], 0, FALSE))
{
/* Compatibility mode: if there's a ::draw signal handler, we add a
* child node with the contents of the handler
*/
gboolean result;
cairo_t *cr;
cr = gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (snapshot,
&bounds,
"DrawSignalContents<%s>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW], 0, cr, &result);
cairo_destroy (cr);
}
if (opacity < 1.0)
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
}
gtk_css_filter_value_pop_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (SNAPSHOT))
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
}
void
gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GdkDrawingContext *context;
GtkSnapshot snapshot;
GskRenderer *renderer;
GskRenderNode *root;
cairo_region_t *clip;
/* We only render double buffered on native windows */
if (!gdk_window_has_native (window))
return;
renderer = gtk_widget_get_renderer (widget);
if (renderer == NULL)
return;
context = gsk_renderer_begin_draw_frame (renderer, region);
clip = gdk_drawing_context_get_clip (context);
gtk_snapshot_init (&snapshot,
renderer,
gtk_inspector_is_recording (widget),
clip,
"Render<%s>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
cairo_region_destroy (clip);
gtk_widget_snapshot (widget, &snapshot);
root = gtk_snapshot_finish (&snapshot);
if (root != NULL)
{
gtk_inspector_record_render (widget,
renderer,
window,
region,
context,
root);
gsk_renderer_render (renderer, root, context);
gsk_render_node_unref (root);
}
gsk_renderer_end_draw_frame (renderer, context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_first_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child
*
* Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->first_child;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_last_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child
*
* Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->last_child;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_next_sibling:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling
*
* Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->next_sibling;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling
*
* Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->prev_sibling;
}
void
gtk_widget_forall (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkCallback callback,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkWidget *child;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
while (child)
{
GtkWidget *next = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child);
callback(child, user_data);
child = next;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_translation_to_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
int *x_out,
int *y_out)
{
GtkAllocation allocation;
GdkWindow *window, *w;
int x, y;
/* translate coordinates. Ugly business, that. */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
_gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &allocation);
x = -allocation.x;
y = -allocation.y;
}
else
{
x = 0;
y = 0;
}
window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
for (w = _gtk_widget_get_window (child); w && w != window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
{
int wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
x += wx;
y += wy;
}
if (w == NULL)
{
x = 0;
y = 0;
}
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_window (child))
{
_gtk_widget_get_allocation (child, &allocation);
x += allocation.x;
y += allocation.y;
}
*x_out = x;
*y_out = y;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child: a child of @widget
* @snapshot: #GtkSnapshot as passed to the container. In particular, no
* calls to gtk_snapshot_offset() should have been applied by the
* parent.
*
* When a widget receives a call to the snapshot function, it must send
* synthetic #GtkWidget::snapshot calls to all children. This function
* provides a convenient way of doing this. A widget, when it receives
* a call to its #GtkWidget::snapshot function, calls
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() once for each child, passing in
* the @snapshot the widget received.
*
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() takes care of translating the origin of
* @snapshot, and deciding whether the child needs to be snapshot. It is a
* convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling
* gtk_widget_snapshot() on the child directly.
**/
void
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
int x, y;
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
g_return_if_fail (snapshot != NULL);
gtk_widget_get_translation_to_child (widget, child, &x, &y);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, x, y);
gtk_widget_snapshot (child, snapshot);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, -x, -y);
}
void
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (child == priv->focus_child)
return;
if (child != NULL)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
}
g_set_object (&priv->focus_child, child);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child);
/* TODO: ??? */
}
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return priv->focus_child;
}